AU2012247083B2

AU2012247083B2 - P38 inhibitors and methods of use thereof

Info

Publication number: AU2012247083B2
Application number: AU2012247083A
Authority: AU
Inventors: Devan Balachari; Robert Groneberg; Darren Harvey; Ganghyeok Kim; Youngboo Kim; David A. Mareska; Mark Munson; Chang Rao; James Rizzi; Martha Rodriguez; Guy Vigers
Original assignee: Array Biopharma Inc
Current assignee: Array Biopharma Inc
Priority date: 2003-03-03
Filing date: 2012-11-13
Publication date: 2015-09-24
Anticipated expiration: 2024-02-25
Also published as: AU2012247083A1

Abstract

Compounds having the Formula: [ U wherein Y, A, W, B, U, V, X and Ar have the meanings given in the specification, which compounds are useful in therapy as p38-inhibitors.

Description

P38 INHIBITORS AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS This application claims priority of U.S. Serial No. 10/688,849 filed October 15, 2003 and U.S. Serial No. 10/378,164 filed March, 3, 2003, both 5 which are incorporated in their entirety herein by this reference. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Field of the Invention. This invention relates to novel inhibitors of p38 MAP kinase and related kinases, pharmaceutical compositions containing the inhibitors, and methods 10 for preparing these inhibitors. They are useful for the treatment of inflammation, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, psoriasis, Crohn's disease, inflammatory bowel disease, cancer, autoimmune diseases, and for the treatment of other cytokine-mediated diseases. Description of the state of the art. 15 A number of chronic and acute inflammatory conditions have been associated with the overproduction of pro-inflammatory cytokines. Such cytokines include but are not limited to tumor necrosis factor alpha (TNF-a), interleukin 1 beta (IL-1p), interleukin 8 (IL-8) and interleukin 6 (IL-6). Rheumatoid Arthritis (RA) is a chronic disease where TNF-a and IL-1p are 20 implicated in the onset of the diseases and in the progression of the bone and joint destruction seen with this debilitating condition. Recently approved therapeutic treatments for RA have included soluble TNF-a receptor (etanercept) and IL-1 receptor antagonist (anakinra). These treatments work by blocking the ability of their respective cytokines to bind to their natural 25 receptors. Alternative methods to treat cytokine-mediated diseases are currently under investigation. One such method involves inhibition of the signaling pathway that regulates the synthesis and production of pro inflammatory cytokines like p38. P38 (also CSBP or RK) is a serine/threonine mitogen-activated protein 1 kinase (MAPK) that has been shown to regulate pro-inflammatory cytokines. P38 was first identified as a kinase which became tyrosine phosphorylated in mouse monocytes following treatment with lipopolysaccharide (LPS). A link between p38 and the response of cells to cytokines was first established by 5 Saklatvala J., et al., Cell, 78: 1039-1049 (1994), who showed that IL-1 activates a protein kinase cascade that results in the phosphorylation of the small heat shock protein, Hsp27, probably by mitogen-activated protein activated protein kinase 2 (MAPKAP kinase-2). Analysis of peptide sequences d erived from the purified kinase indicated that it was related to the 10 p38 MAPK activated by LPS in mouse monocytes, Han, J., et a/., Science, 265: 808-811 (1994). At the same time it was shown that p38 MAPK was itself activated by an upstream kinase in response to a variety of cellular stresses, including exposure to UV radiation and osmotic shock, and the identity of the kinase that directly phosphorylates Hsp27 was confirmed as. 15 MAPKAP kinase-2, Rouse, J., et aL., Cell, 78:1027-1037 (1994). Subsequently, workers at SmithKline Beecham showed that p38 MAPK was the molecular target of a series of pyridinylimidazole compounds that inhibited the production of TNF from LPS-challenged human monocytes, Lee, J., et al., Nature, 372: 739-746. This was a key discovery and has led to the 20 development of a number of selective inhibitors-of p38 MAPK and the ..elucidation of its role in cytokine signaling. It is now known that multiple forms of p38 MAPk (a, 5t, y, *), each encoded by a separate gene, form part of a kinase cascade involved in the response of cells to a variety of stimuli, including osmotic stress, UV light and 25 cytokine mediated events. These four isoforms of p38 are thought to regulate different aspects of intracellular signaling. Its activation is part of a cascade of signaling evehts that lead to the synthesis and production of pro-inflammatory cytokines like TNF-a. P38 functions by phosphorylating downstream substrates thatinclude other kinases and transcription factors. Agents that 30 inhibit p38 kinase have been shown to block the p-oduction of cytokines including but not limited to TNF-a, IL-6, IL-8 and IL-1f in vitro and in vivo models Adams, J. L., et al., Progress in Medicinal Chemistry, 38: 1-60 (2001). 2 Peripheral blood monocytes (PBMCs) have been shown to express and secrete pro-inflammatory cytokines when stimulated with lipopolysaccharide (LPS) in vitro. P38 inhibitors efficiently block this effect. when PBMCs are pretreated with such compounds prior to stimulation with 5 LPS. Lee, J.C., et al., Int. J. Immunopharmacol., 10: 835-843 (1988). The efficacy of p38 inhibitors in animal models of inflammatory disease has prompted an investigation of the underlying mechanism(s) which could account for the effect of these inhibitors. The role of p38 in the response of cells to IL-1 and TNF has been investigated in a number of cells systems io relevant to the inflammatory response using a pyridinyl imidazole inhibitor: endothelial cells and IL-8, Hashimoto, S., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 293: 370-375 (2001), fibroblasts and IL-6/GM-CSF/PGE2 Beyaert, R., et al., EMBO J., 15: 1914-1923 (1996), neutrophils and IL-8 Albanyan, E. A., et al., Infect. Immun., 68: 2053-2060 (2000) macrophages and IL-1 Caivano, M. and 15 Cohen, P., J. Immunol., 164: 3018-3025 (2000), and smooth muscle cells and RANTES Maruoka, S., et al.,,Am. J. Respir. Crit. Care Med., 161: 659-668 (1999). The destructive effects of many disease states are caused by the over production of pro-inflammatory cytokines. The ability of p38 inhibitors to regulate this overproduction makes them excellent candidates for disease 20 modifying agents. Inhibitors of p38 are active in a variety of widely recognized disease models and show positive effects in a number of standard animal models of inflammation including rat collagen-induced arthritis, Jackson, J.R., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. Ther., 284: 687-692 (1998); rat adjuvant-induced arthritis, 25 Badger, A. M., et al., Arthritis Rheum., 43: 175-.183 (2000); Badger, A. M., et al., J. Pharmacol. Exp. There , 279:1453-1461 (1996); and carrageenan induced paw edema- in the mouse, Nishikori, T., et al., Eur. J. Pharm., 451: 327 33$ (2002). Molecules that block p38's function have been shown to be effective in inhibiting bone resorption, inflammation, and other immune end 30 inflammation-based pathologies in these animal models. Thus, a safe and effective p38 inhibitor would provide a means to treat debilitating diseases that can be regulated by modulation of p38 signaling like, but not limited to, RA. 3 4 P38 inhibitors are well known to those skilled in the art. Reviews of early inhibitors have helped establish the structure activity relationships important for enhanced activity both in vitro and in vivo. See Salituro, E. G. et al, Current Medicinal Chemistry, 6: 807-823 (1999) and Foster, M. L. et al, Drug News 5 Perspect, 13: 488-497 (2000). More contemporary reviews have focused on the structural diversity of new inhibitors being explored as p38 inhibitors, see Boehm, J. D. and Adams, J. L., Exp. Opin. There. Patents, 10: 25-37 (2000). This invention describes a novel series of substituted 2-aza-[4.3.0]-bicyclic heteroaromatic compounds as p38 inhibitors that are useful for the treatment of 10 inflammation, osteoarthritis, rheumatoid arthritis, cancer, auto-immune diseases, and for the treatment of other cytokine mediated diseases. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION 15 This invention provides compounds and pharmaceutical compositions containing them that inhibit p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as the inhibition of cytokine production. Such compounds, generally referred to as 2-aza-[4.3.0]-bicyclic heteroaromatic rings, have utility as therapeutic agents for diseases that can be treated by the inhibition of the p38 20 signalling pathway. The invention further provides a compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the formula B N\0 Ari N E A 25 wherein X is 0; 5 A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Zn-NR 2

(C=O)R

2 , Zn S0 2

R

2 , Zn-SOR 2 , Zn-SR 2 , Zn-OR 2 , Zn-(C=O)R 2 , Zn-(C=O)OR 2 , Zn-O-(C=O)R 2 alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 , wherein said 5 alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zo-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

2 and R 3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, 10 allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar 1 may be substituted or unsubstituted, 15 or R 2 together with R 3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H or NH 2 ; 20 E is Zn-(C=O)R 4 ;

R

4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural amino acid, a protected natural amino acid, NH(CHR 6 ) (CH 2 )mOR 5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR 2

R

3 ;

R

5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting 25 group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zo-Ar , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 30 heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn- 6 heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

6 is a natural amino acid side chain, Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Zn-OR 5 , Zn S0 2

R

5 , Zn-SOR 5 , or Zn-SR 5 ; and 5 n is 0 or 1; and wherein the substituents(s) of each group is/are selected among: halo, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, Zn OR, Zn-NO 2 , Zn-CN, Zn-C0 2 R, Zn -(C=O)R, Zn -O(C=O)R, Zn-O-alkyl, Zn 10 OAr, Zn-SH, Zn-SR, Z,-SOR, Zn-SO 2 R, Zn-S-Ar, Zn-SOAr, Zo -SO 2 Ar, aryl, heteroaryl, Zn-Ar, Zn-(C=O)NR 2

R

3 , Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Z-NR(C=O)R, Zn

SO

2

NR

2

R

3 , P0 3

H

2 , S0 3

H

2 , amine protecting groups, alcohol protecting groups, sulfur protecting groups, or acid protecting groups, where: Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or 15 alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons; n is zero or 1, R, R 2 , and R 3 are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z, cycloalkyl, or Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and 20 Ar is aryl or heteroaryl. 25 30 7 THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 8 The invention further provides a compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the Formula: J T Rx--Q- Ry WX N 0V Y U 5 where Y is 0, NR 2 W is CR 3 ;

R

3 is H, NH 2 , F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl; 10 R 2 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Z,-NR2R, Zn-NR(C=O)R, Zo S0 2 R, Z,-SORa, Z,-SRa, Zn-ORa, Zn-(C=O)Ra, Z,-(C=O)ORa Zn-O-(C=O)Ra, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl 15 wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn Arl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ari may be substituted or unsubstituted; Ar is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or 20 unsubstituted; Ra and Rb are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn 25 cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z,-Arl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 9 heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, and Z,-Ari may be substituted or unsubstituted, or Ra and Rb together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring 5 having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, 10 alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is 0 or 1; U is CR or N; V is CRC or N; Rc is H, F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl; 15 X is 0, S, SO, SO2, NR 5 , C=O, CH 2 , CH 2 Z-OH, or C=NORd;

R

5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl; Rd is H, P0 3

H

2 , SO 3

H

2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z,-heterocycloalkyl 20 wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn Arl, said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Z,-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted; G, K, J, and T are CR, or G is N and J, K, T are all CRz; 25 R is H, F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , OR 6 , SR 6 , lower alkyl (C1C4), CN, or NRR 7 ;

R

6 and R 7 are independently H, CF 3 , lower alkyl (C1C4) or lower heteroalkyl (CC4); Q is -NR 8 CONH-, -NHCO-, -NR 8

SO

2 NH-, -NHSO 2 -, -CONR-;

R

8 is H or (C1C4) alkyl; 30 R" is H or (C1C4) alkyl; Rx is -(CRR 1 )m- , -O(CRR 1 )m- , NH(CR 9

R

1 )m- , or -S(CR 9 R 0 )m- provided that Q is -CONR 11 - when Rx is -O(CR 9 R)m-, -NH(CRR 10 )m, or -S(CRR 10 )m-;

R

9 and R10 are independently H, or lower alkyl, or R 9 and R 10 together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring which 35 may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3; 10 Ry is H, PO 3 H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or 5 partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar 2 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar 2 and Zn-heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted; Ar 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents 10 independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR, -SR,

-SO

2

R

2 , -SO 2 NR1 3 R1 2 , NR' 3

SO

2 R1 2 , Z,-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar', wherein 15 said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Z,-Ar' may be substituted or unsubstituted; R1 2 and R 3 are independently H, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said 20 cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z,-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z,-Arl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Ar r may be substituted or unsubstituted; 25 wherein when Ar2 is substituted with -SO 2 NR1 3 R1 2 , R1 2 and R1 3 can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl 30 is saturated or partially unsaturated, -COR1 2 , -SO 2 R1 2 , Z,-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn Arl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl and Z,-Arl may be substituted or unsubstituted; 35 wherein when Q is -CONR", Ry in combination with R" is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or 11 unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially 5 unsaturated, Zn-Arl, -COR 14 , or -S0 2 R 4 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Z,-heterocycloalkyl, Zn-Arl, -COR 1 4 , and

-SO

2 R1 4 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and

R

14 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, 10 heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn Arl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, 15 Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Z,-Ar' may be substituted or unsubstituted; and wherein the substituents(s) of each group is/are selected among: halo, alkyl, allyl, alkeny, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, Zn-OR, Zn-NO 2 , Zn-CN, Z,-CO 2 R, 20 Zn -(C=O)R, Zn -O(C=O)R, Zn-O-alkyl, Zn-OAr, Zn-SH, Zn-SR, Zn-SOR, Z,-SOsR, Zn-S-Ar Zn-SOAr, Zn -SO 2 Ar, aryl, heteroaryl, Zn-Ar, Zn-(C=O)NR'R", Zn-NR'R", Zn NR(C=O)R, Zn-SO 2 NR'R", P0 3

H

2 , S0 3

H

2 , amine protecting groups, alcohol protecting groups, sulfur protecting groups, or acid protecting groups, where: Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each 25 having from 2 to 4 carbons; n is zero or 1, R, R', and R" are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, or Zn heterocycloalkyl, and 30 Ar is aryl or heteroaryl.

12 The inventive compounds may be used advantageously in combination with other known therapeutic agents. The invention also relates to pharmaceutical compositions comprising an effective 5 amount of an agent selected from the abovementioned compounds or a pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug, pharmaceutically active metabolite, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. The invention also provides use of the inventive compounds in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a p38-mediated condition. 10 The invention further provides a method for treatment of a p38-mediated condition in a mammal. Additional advantages and novel features of this invention shall be set forth in part in the description that follows, and in part will become apparent to those 13 skilled in the art upon examination of the following specification or may be learned by the practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention may be realised and attained by means of the instrumentalities, combinations, compositions and methods particularly pointed out in the appended claims. 5 BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated herein and form a part of the specification, illustrate non-limiting embodiments of the present 10 invention, and together with the description serve to explain the principles of the invention. In the figures: Figure 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7a; 15 Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a; Figure 3 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a; Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a; 20 [The next page is page 18] 25 Figure 5 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17a; Figure 6 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 18a; Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis.of compounds having the generic structure 7b; 5 Figure 8 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b; Figures 9A-9B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 1Oc; Figure 10 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of e compound 14c; Figure 11 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 17c; Figure 12 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having .10 the generic 18c; Figure 13 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c; Figures 14A-14B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 34c; Figure. 15 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 38c-1; Figure 16 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c; 15 Figure 17 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c; Figure 18 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d; Figure 19 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d; Figure 20 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8d; -20 Figure 21 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 1Od-1; Figure 22 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 11d-1; Figure 23 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13d; Figures 24A-24B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8e-1; Figure 25 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 9e; 25 Figure 26 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 1Oe-1; Figure 27 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having 18 the generic structure 7f; Figure 28 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 7f; Figure 29 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of an intermediate 5 carboxamide acid used in the synthesis of compound 7f-5 and 7f-6; Figures 30A-30C show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure Ig; Figure 31 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 4f; 10 Figure 32 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having -the generic structure 5f; Figure 33 shows an alternate reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5f; Figure 34 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having 15 the generic structure'2h; Figure 35 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1j; Figure 36 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 1k; 20 Figure 37 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure Im; Figure 38 shdws a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6n; Figure 39 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13p; ' Figure 40 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16p; 25 Figures 41A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9q-1 - and 9q-2; Figure 42 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6r-2; 19 Figures 43A-B show a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8s-2; - Figure 44 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7t-2; Figure 45 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26t; Figure 46 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 28t; s Figure 47 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 32t; Figure 48 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4u; Figure 49 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7v and 8v; and Figure 50 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 1Ov. io Figure 51 shows a reaction sheme for the synthesis of compound 17d. Figure 52 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 20d. Figure 53 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26d. Figure 54 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 47d. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The inventive compounds of the Formuiad I-XVII are useful for inhibiting p38 alpha and associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine production. Such compounds have utility as therapeutic agents for diseases that can be treated by the inhibition of the p38 signaling pathway. in general, the invention relates to compounds of the general Formula 1: 20 B Y 7 A wherein Y is.C, N; 20 W is C, N, S, or 0, provided that W is N, S, or 0 when Y is C, and W is C or N when Y is N; U is CH or N; V is C-E or N; 5 X is 0, S, SO, SO2, NR 7 , C=O, CHR 7 , -C=NOR', -C=CHR', or CHOR'; R' is H, P0 3

H

2 , S0 3

H

2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroakyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkeny, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalky, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn 1o cycloalkyl, Z-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Arl may be substituted or unsubstituted; Z is alkylene having from I to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

7 is H or substituted or unsubstituted methyl; 15 Arl is substituted or unsubstituted aryl or heteroaryl; A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Zn -NR(C=O)R 2 , Z

-SO

2

R

2 , Za-SOR 2 , Zn-SR 2 , Zn-OR 2 , Zn-(C=O)R 2 , Zn-(C=O)OR 2 , Zn-O-(C=O)R 2 alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z4-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloa.kyl, or Z, 20 Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Z heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

2 and R 3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcoliol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, 25 alkyl, ally[, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zncycloalkyl, Za-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn Ar', wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-ArI may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R 2 together 21 with R and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle having 1 or more heteroatoms, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H, NH 2 , or substituted or unsubstituted methyl; 5 E is H, Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Z-(C=O)R 4 , Zn-(C=0)R, Z-NR 5 (.C=O)R, Z O(C=O)Rs, Zn -OR 5 , Zn -S0 2

R

5 , Zn -SOR 5 , Zn -SR 5 , Zn -NH(C=O)NHR' or R5

R

4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural or unnatural amino acid, a protected natural or unnatural amino acid, NH(CHR 6 ) (CH2)mOR where m is an integer from ' to 4, or NR 2

R

3 ; 10 R 5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an-alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a thio protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn cycloalkyl, Z-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, 15 heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-ArO may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

6 is a natural amino acid- side chain, Zn -NR 2 Ra, Z 'OR 5 , Zn -SO 2 R, Zn -SORr, or Zn--SR; and n is 0 or 1, 20 provided that when B is H and A is CH=CH-Re where R 8 is a. substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Arl is a substituent where Ar' is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH-cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroaryl, NH-alkoxy, or NH-dialkylamide when X is 0, S, C=0, 25 S=0, C=CH 2 , C02, NH, or N(C 1 -Cb-alkyl). The term alkyll" as used herein refers to a saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical'of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the alkyl radical rmay be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described below. Examples of alkyl groups 30 include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, 22 sec-butyl, tert-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, tert-pentyl, hexyl, isohexyl, and the like. "Alkylene" means a linear or branched saturated divalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, e.g., methylene, ethylene, propylene, 2-methylpropylene, pentylene, and the like. 5 The term "alkeny" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein the alkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, 10 or alternatively, "E" and "Z" orientations. The term "alkenylene" refers to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one double bond, wherein the alkenylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. Examples 15 include, but are not limited to, ethenylene, propenylene, and the like. The term "alkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at.least one triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein the alkynyl radical may be-optionally substituted 20 independently with one or more substituents described herein. The -term "alkynylene" to a linear or branched divalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbons containing at least one triple bond, wherein the alkynylene radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. 25 The term "allyl" refers to a radical having the formula RC=CHCHR, wherein R is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any substituent as defined herein, wherein the allyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituehits described herein. The term "cycloalkyl" refers to saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic 30 hydrocarbon radical having from three to twelve carbon atoms, wherein the 23 cycloalkyl may be -optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The term "cycloalkyl" further includes bicyclic and tricyclic cycloalkyl structures, wherein the bicyclic and tricyclic structures may include a saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl fused to a 5 saturated or partially unsaturated cycloalkyl or heterocycloalkyl ring or an. aryl or heteroaryl ring. Examples of cycloalkyl groups include, but are not limited to, cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, and the like. The term "heteroalkyl" refers to saturated linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of one to twelve carbon atoms, wherein at 10 least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, 0, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The term "heteroalkyl" 15 encompasses alkoxy and heteroalkoxy radicals. The term "heterocycloalkyl" refers to a saturated or partially unsaturated cyclic radical of 3 to 8 ring atoms in which at least one ring atom is a heteroatom selected from nitrogen, oxygen and sulfur, the remaining ring atoms being C where one or more ring atoms may be optionally substituted 20- independently with one or more substituent described below and wherein the heterocycloalkyl ring can.be saturated or partially unsaturated. The radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical. "Heterocycloalkyl" also includes radicals where heterocycle radicals are fused with aromatic or heteroaromatic rings. Examples of heteronycloalkyl rihgs include, but are not 25 limited to, pyrrolidine; piperidine, piperazine, tetrahydropyranyl, morpholine, thiomorpholine, homopiperazine, phthalimide, and derivatives thereof. The term "heteroalkeny" refers to linear or branched-chain monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms, containing at least one double bond, e.g., ethenyl, propenyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the 30 carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, 0, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the 24 heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkenyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more sulbstituents described herein, and includes radicals having "cis" and "trans" orientations, or alternatively, "" and "Z" orientations. 5 The term "heteroalkynyl" refers to a linear or branched monovalent hydrocarbon radical of two to twelve carbon atoms containing at least one triple bond. Examples include, but are not limited to, ethynyl, propynyl, and the like, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, 0, or S, and wherein the radical may be a 1o carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The heteroalkynyl radical may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. The term "heteroallyl" refers to radicals having the formula 15 RC=CHCHR, wherein R is alkyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, heteroaryl, or any substituent as defined herein, wherein at least one of the carbon atoms is replaced with a heteroatom selected from N, 0, or S, and wherein the radical may be a carbon radical or heteroatom radical (i.e., the heteroatom may appear in the middle or at the end of the radical). The, 20 heteroallyl may be optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. "Aryl" means a monovalent aromatic hydrocarbon monocyclic radical of 6 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbon, optiQnally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. More 25 specifically the term aryl includes, but is not limited to, phenyl, 1 -naphthyl, 2 naphthyl, and derivatives thereof. "Heteroaryl" means a monovalent morocyclic aromatic radical of 5 to 10 ring atoms or a polycyclic aromatic radical, containing one, or more ring. heteroatdms selected from N, 0, or S, the remaining ring atoms being C. The 30 aromatic radical is optionally substituted independently with one or more substituents described herein. . Examples include, but are not limited to, furyl, 25 thienyl, pyrrolyl, pyridyl, pyrazolyl, pyrimidinyl, imidazolyl, pyrazinyl, indolyl, thiophen-2-yi, quinolyl, benzopyranyl, thiazolyl, and derivatives thereof. The term " halo" represents fluoro, chloro, bromo or iodo. "Amino protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to 5 protect nitrogen atoms against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, benzyloxycarbonyl (CBZ), terti-butoxycarbonyl (Boc), trifluoroacetyl, and the like. "Alcohol protecting groups" refers to those organic groUps intended to protect alcohol groups or substituents against undesirable. reactions during 10 synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tert-butyl, methoxymethyl (MOM), and the like. "Sulfur protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to protect sulfur groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during 1s synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl)ethoxymethyl (SEM), tert-butyl, , trityl and the like. "Acid protecting groups" refers to those organic groups intended to.. protect acid groups or substituents against undesirable reactions during synthetic procedures and include, but are not limited to, benzyl, (trimethylsilyl) 20 ethoxymethyl (SEM), methylethyl and tert-butyl esters, and the.like. In general, the various moieties or functional groups of the compounds of Formulas I-XVII may be optionally substituted by one or more substituents. Examples of substituents suitable for purposes of this invention include, but are not limited to, halo, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkyny, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, 25 heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, Zn -OR, Zn -N02, Zn -CN, Zn -CO2R, Zn -(C=O)R, Zn O(C=O)R, Zn -0-alkyl, Zn -OAr, Z, -SH, Zn -SR, Zn -SOR, Zn -SOsR, Zn -S-Ar Zn-SOAr, Zn -SO 2 Ar, aryl, heteroaryl, Zn-Ar, Zn-(C=O)NR 2 R, Zn-NR 2

R

3 , Zn NR(C=O)R Zn-SO 2

NR

2

R

3 , P0 3

H

2 , S0 3

H

2 , amine protecting groups, alcohol 30 protecting groups, sulfur protecting groups, or acid protecting groups, where: 26 Z is alkylene having from I to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons, wherein said alkylene,-alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is zero or 1, 5 R1, R 2 , and Re are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, or Zn heterocycloalkyl, and Ar is aryl or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn 10 cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Ar, R';R 2 , and R 3 may be further substituted or unsubstituted. The compounds of this invention may possess one or more asymmetric centers; such compounds can therefore be produced as individual (R)- or (S) stereoisomers or as mixtures thereof. Unless indicated otherwise, the 15 description or naming of.a particular compibund in the specification and claims is intended to include both individual enantiomers and mixtures, racemic or otherwise, thereof. Accordingly, this invention also includes racemates and resolved enantiomers, and diastereomers compounds of the Formulas I-XVII. The methods for the determination of stereochemistry and the separation of 20 stereoisomers are well known in the art (see discussion in Chapter 4 of "Advanced Organic Chemistry", 4th edition J. March, John Wiley and Sons, New York, 1992). ., In addition to compounds of the Formulas l-XVII, the invention also includes solvates, pharmaceutically acceptable prodrugs, pharmaceutically 25 active metabolites, and pharmaceutically acceptable salts of such compounds. Theterm "solvate" refers to an aggregate of a molecule with one or more solvent molecules. A "pharmaceutically acceptable prodrug" is a compound that may be converted under physiological -conditions or by solvolysis to the specified 30 compound or to a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of such compound. 27 A "pharmaceutically active metabolite" is a pharmacologically active product produced through metabolism in the body of a specified compound or salt thereof. Metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art and their activities determined using tests such as 5 those described herein. Prodrugs and active metabolites of a compound may be identified using routine techniques known in the art. Various forms of prodrugs are known in the art. For examples of such prodrug derivatives, see, for example,' a) Design of Prodrugs, edited by H. Bundgaard, (Elsevier, 1985) and Methods io in Enzymology, Vol. 42, p. 309-396, edited by K. Widder, et al. (Academic Press, 1985); b) A Textbook of Drug Design and Development, edited by Krogsgaard-Larsen and H. Bundgaard, Chapter 5 "Design and Application of Prodrugs", by H. Bundgaard p. 113-191 (1991); c) H. Bundgaard, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews, 8, 1-38 (1992); d) H. Bundgaard, et al., Journal of is Pharmaceutical Sciences, 77:285 (1988); and e) N. Kakeya, et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull., 32: 692 (1984), each of which is specifically incorporated herein by reference. A "pharmaceutically acceptable salt" is a salt that retains the biological effectiveness of the free acids and bases of the specified compound and that is 20 not biologically or otherwise undesirable. A compound of the invention may possess a sufficiently acidic, a sufficiently basic, or both functional groups, ar accordingly react with any of a nufhber of inorganic or organic bases, and inorganic and organic acids, to form a pharmaceutically acceptable sale. Examples of pharmaceutically acceptable salts include those salts prepared by 25 reaction of the compounds of the present invention with a mineral or organic acid or an inorganic base, such salts including sulfates, pyrosulfates, bisulfates, sulfites, bisulfites, phosphates, monohydrogenphosphates, dihydrogenphos phates, metaphosphates, pyrophosphates, chlorides, bromides, iodides, ace tates, proplonates, decanoates, caprylates, acrylates, formates, iso-butyrates, 30 caproates, heptanoates, propiolates, oxalates, malonates, succinates, suberates, sebacates, fumarates, maleates, butyn-1,4-dioates, hexyne-1,6 28 dioates, benzoates, chlorobenzoates, methylbenzoates, dinitro-menzoates, hydroxybenzoates, methoxybenzoates, phthalates, sulfonates, xylenesul fonates, pheylacetates, phenyipropionates, phenylbutyrates, citrates, lactates, y-hydroxybutyrates, glycollates, tartrates, methanesulfonates, propanesul 5 fonates, naphthalene-1-suifonates, naphthalene-2-sulfonates, and mandelates. If the inventive compound is a base, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may. be prepared by any suitable method available in the art, for example, treatment ofthe free base with an inorganic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, sulfuric acid, nitric acid, phosphoric acid 1o and the like, or with an organic acid, such as acetic acid, maleic acid, succinic acid, mandelic acid, fumaric acid, malonic acid, pyruvic acid, oxalic acid, glycolic acid, salicylic acid, a pyranosidyl acid, such as glucuronic acid or galacturonic acid, an alphahydroxy acid, such -as citric acid or tartaric acid, an amino acid, such as aspartic acid or glutamic acid, an aromatic acid, such as is benzoic acid or cinnamic acid, a sulfonic acid, such as p-toluenesulfonic acid or ethanesulfonic acid, or the like. If the inventive compound is an acid, the desired pharmaceutically acceptable salt may be prepared by any suitable method, for example, treatment of the free acid with an inorganic or organic base, such as an am'ine 20 (primary, secondary or tertiary), an alkali metal hydroxide or alkaline earth metal hydroxide, or the like, Illustrative examples of suitabl'e salts include, but are not limited to, organic salts derived from amino acids, such as glycine and arginine, ammonia, primary, secondary, and tertiary amines, and cyclic amines, such as piperidine, morpholine and piperazine, and inorganic salts 25 derived from sodium, calcium, potassium,-magnesium, manganese, iron, copper, zinc, aluminum and lithium. The inventive compounds may be prepared using the reaction routes and synthesis schemes as described below, employing the techniques available in the art using starting materials that are readily available. 30 In addition to compounds of the general Formula 1, this invention further includes compounds of the general Formula II: 29 B x N NN N A II where A, B, X and Ar are as defined above. Figures 1-6 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds 5 having the general Formula II. in one general synthetic process, pyrazole compounds of Formula 11 are prepared as follows. 2-Chloro-4-methyl-5 nitropyridine is treated with an aryl or heteroaryl phenol or thiophenol and a base such as NaH in a suitable anhydrous solvent. After an appropriate period of time, the reaction mixture is partitioned between an organic solvent 10 and water, and the 2-0-aryl-or S-aryl substituted-4-methyl-5-nitro pyridine intermediate compound is isolated from the organic layer. The NO 2 substituent is then reduced, for example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH. The resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by.extraction of 15 the reaction mixture with an organic solvent. The intermediate aniline' compound is then combined with ammonium tetrafluoroborate, followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase transfer catalyst (e.g., 18 crown-6) to form-the bicyclic pyraible compound of Formula 1I, where A is hydrogen. To prepare the 1-N-substituted pyrazole compounds of Formula II 20. where A is other than hydrogen, the pyrazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkyny, allyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, benzyl, or

CH

2 -heteroaryl as defined above. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the 25 general Formula IlI: 30 B NN N N E A IH where A, B, X, E and Ar' are as defined above. Figures 7-8 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds 5 having the general Formula lil. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula Ill are prepared as follows. An aryl thiphenol or aryl phenol is added to a strong base in an anhydrous solvent, and then reacted with 5-chloro-3 methyl-2-nitropyridine to provide a 6-S-aryl- or 6-0-aryl-substituted 2-methyl-3 nitropyridine intermediate compound. The NO 2 substituent is reduced, for 10 example, by treating with iron powder in acetic acid heating for a period of time, followed by treatment with a suitable base such as NaOH. The resulting aniline intermediate is isolated by extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent. The intermediate aniline compound is then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by the addition of a base such as KOAc and a phase 15 transfer catalyst (e.g., 18-crown-6) to form the bicyclic azaindazole compound of Formula li, where A is hydrogen. To prepare the 1-N-substituted azaindazole compounds of Formula Ill where A is other than hydrogen, the azaindazole compound is reacted with a suitable base and a compound of the formula RX, where X is halogen and R is alkyl,. allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, 20 heterocycloalky, benzyl, or CH 2 -heteroaryl as defined above. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula IV: B N N E A 31 IV where A, B, X, E and Ar are as defined above, provided that when B. is H and A is CH=CH-Ra where R 8 is a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl, alkenyl, cyclo alkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, then X-Ar is a substituent where ArO s is other than substituted or unsubstituted aryl, heteroaryl, NH-alkyl, NH cycloalkyl, NH-heterocycloalkyl, NH-aryl, NH-heteroary!, NH-alkoxy, or NH dialkylamide when X is 0, S, C=O, S=0, C=CH 2 , CO 2 , NH, or N(C1-Ci-alkyl). Figures 9-13 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula IV. In one general synthetic process, compounds 10 of Formula IV are.prepared as follows. 6-Nitroindole is treated. with a base and iodine, and the resulting 3-iodo-6-nitroindole is treated with a base and an amine protecting group agent such as trimethylsilylethoxymethyl chloride (SEM-CI). Treatment of the protected 6-nitroindole compound with tr:ans-2 phenylvinylboronic acid and a suitable catalyst such as Pd(PPha) 4 provides a 15 1 -N-phenylvinyl-6-nitroindole Intermediate compound. Reduction of the 6-NO 2 substituent with a reducing agent such as hydrazine and a suitable catalyst (e.g., palladium on carbon) provides the I-N-substituted-6-aminoindole derivative. Treatment of this derivative with sodium nitrite followed by addition of sodium iodide and iodine provides the 1-N-protected-3-phenylvinyl-6. 20 lodoindazole derivative. Treatment of this derivative with oxidizing agent(s) such as osmium tetroxide and sodium periodate provides the 1-N-protected 3 carbaldehyde-6-iodoindazole derivative. This derivative can then bemused in a number of synthetic processes to provide various indazole compounds of this invention such as described in the Examples. 25 In an alternative synthetic process, 6-OAr-substituted compounds of Formula-IV are prepared as follows. Treatment of 2-fluoro-4 hydroxyacetophenone with a suitable phenol protecting group reagent, followed by the addition of hydrazine with heating to induce cyclization provides an indazole compound. The indazole compound is 1-N-protected 30 with a suitable amine protecting group reagent. Removal of the phenol protecting group and treatment with an aryl boronic acid, followed by removal 32 of the amine protecting group affords an 6-OAr-substituted compound of Formula IV. In an alternative synthetic process, 6-SAr-substituted compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. 4-Fluorothiophenol is treated with a 5 strong base such as potassium tert-butoxide, and to the resulting phenoxide is added 2,4-difluoropropiophenone. Addition of hydrazine to the resulting intermediate followed by heating to induce cyclization provides a 6-SAr substituted compound Of Formula IV. In an alternative synthetic process, 5-OAr- and 5-SAr-substituted 10 compounds of Formula IV are prepared as follows. Esterification of 5-fluoro-2 nitrobenzoic acid, followed by treatment of the resulting ester with a mixture of either ArOH or ArSH and a strong base provides 5-XAr-substituted 2 nitrobenzoic acid methyl ester, where X is 0 or S. Saponification of this ester, followed by the addition of ammonium hydroxide provides the 2-nitro 15 benzamide intermediate. The -2-nitrobenzamide is converted to the 2-nitro benzonitrile intermediate by treatment With oxalyl chloride. Reduction of the nitrc substituent, followed by the addition of sodium nitrite provides a 3-amino 5-XAr-substituted Indazole compound of Formula IV, where X is 0 or S. In an alternative synthetic process, 6-OAr-substituted compounds of 20 Formula IV are prepared as follows. 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile is combined with an aryl boronic acid, copper acetate and a base to provide the 2-f1uoro-4-aryloxybenzonitrile intermediate. A stirred solution of this derivative with hydrazine is refluxed to provide a 3-amino-6-aryoxy-indazole compound. This compound can be used as the starting material for the synthesis of 3 25 amideindazole derivatives using standard amide synthesis chemistry known to those skilled in the art. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula V: 33 0 0 E A V where A X, E and Ar are as defined above. Figures 24-26 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds 5 having the general Formula V. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula V are prepared as follows. 4-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid is esterified and the 2-hydroxy group is protected with a suitable alcohol protecting group. Substitution of the fluoro group with an 0-Ar or S-Ar group is effected by treatment with a base and ArOH or ArSH, where Ar is aryl or 10 heteroaryl as defined above. Removal of the alcohol protecting group and saponification of the ester, followed by treatment with carbonyldiimidazole to effect cyclization affords a 6-OAr- or 6-SAr-3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound. The 3-hydroxybenzisoxazole compound is converted to the 3 chlorobenzisoxazole derivative by treatment with POCa and a base. The 15 product can then be used to prepare 3-0-Ar- or 3-NH-Ar-substituted benzisoxazole compounds of this invention. For example, a 6-substituted-3 chlorobenzisoxazole compound can be added to a mixture of ArOH and a strong base (e.g., NaH) to provide a 6-substituted-3-~O-Ar-benzisoxazole derivative. In an- alternative synthetic process, a 6-substituted-3 20- chlorobenzisoxazole compound can.be added to a mixture of ArNH 2 and a strong base to provide a 6-substituted-3-NHAr-benzisoxazole derivative. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general. Formulas VI and VII: 34 - B 0 N A B S N N A 5 where A, B, E and Ar' are as defined above. Figures 14-15 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VI, and Figures 18, 19 and 23 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds having the general Formula VI1. -In one 10 general synthetic process, compounds of Formulas VI and Vii are prepared as follows. 5-lodo-1 H-indazole is prepared by treating 5-amino-1 H-indazole with a solution of NaNO 2 in water, followed by addition of KI. Following isolation of the product by extraction of the reaction mixture with an organic solvent, the product can be further utilized in various synthetic processes to 15 provide the indazole compounds of this invention. In one process, the 1 amino group of 5-iodo-1 H-indazole is, protected with a suitable amine protecting group, and the protected 5-lodoindazole is treated with a base, copper powder,.and an aryl phenol or aryl thiophenol to -provide an 5-0-aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl substituted indazole (Formula 20 VII). Removal of the amine protecting group provides a compound of this invention having the F6rmula VI or VII. In an alternative route, the 5-iodo-1H-indazole is treated with a base and RX or Ar'CH 2 X, where R is an alkyl or allyl and Ar1 is an aryl or heteroaryl group as defined above, and X is a halogen or other suitable 35 leaving group. The 1-N-substituted 5-iodoindazole is then treated with a base, copper powder, and an aryl thiophenol or aryl phenol to provide a 5-0 aryl substituted indazole (Formula VI) or 5-S-aryl 1-N-substituted indazole (Formula VII) compound of this invention. 5 In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula Vill: B. O NA A VM 10 where A, B, E and Ar are as defined above. Figure 22 shows an example ofthe synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula Vill. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula Vill are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Formula VI with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the 1s corresponding aryl sulfinyl derivative In another embodiment, this invention relates tQ compounds of the general Formula IX: - B N 0 -N

E

.A where A, B, E and ArO are defined as above. Figure 21 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific 'compound~ having the general Formula IX. In one general synthetic process, compounds 36 of Formula IX are prepared by oxidizing a compound of Foimula VII with an oxidizing agent that will oxidize the aryl sulfide to the corresponding aryl sulfonyl derivative In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the 5 general Formula X: B OH N N / E A X where A, B, E and Ar are defined as above. 10. Figure 31 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula X. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula X are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such 15 as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole derivative, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula X as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N-substituted derivative with 20 Ar'CHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ari is as defined above, provides an alcohol compound of Formula X. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XI: 37 B Axr N\ N A where A, B, E and Ar are defined as above. 5 Figure 32 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula X. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula X1 are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to there mixture, followed by the addition of a base 10 such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula XI as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N-substituted 15 intermediate with Ar'CHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ari is as defined above, followed by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent to provides the 1-N-substituted compound of Formula X1. An alternative method of synthesizing compound of Formula Xl is shown in Figure 33. 20 In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula X11: -s ORI B N(Q N / E A XHI 38 where A, B, E, R' and Ar are defined as above. Figure 27 shows and example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula Xli. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XII are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline 5 is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The bromoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5-bromoindazole 10 derivative, where R is alkyl, allyl, ArCH 2 or heteroaryl-CH 2 as defined above. Treatment of the 1-N-substituted derivative with Ar CHO in the presence of a strong base such as butyl lithium, where Ar1 is as defined above, followed by treatment with a suitable oxidizing agent to provide the 1-N-substituted 5 C=OR derivative. Addition of NH 2 0R' to this derivative in pyridine, where R6 15 is as defined above, provides an oxime compound of Formula XII. An alternative method for synthesizing compounds of Formula XII is shown in Figure 28. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XIII: BH . .. N NN N 20 A XIII where A, B, E and ArO are'defined as above. Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula X111. In one general synthetic process, 25 compounds of Formula X111 are prepared as follows. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline -is added to a mixture of ammonium tetrafluoroborate and acetic acid. After a period of time, sodium nitrite is added to the mixture, followed by the 39 addition of a base such as potassium acetate and a phase-transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6 to provide 5-bromoindazole. The brorhoindazole is treated with RBr in the presence of a base to provide a 1-N-substituted 5 bromoindazole intermediate, where R is "A" as defined above for Formula Xll 5 as defined above with the exception of hydrogen. Treatment of the 1-N substituted intermediate with a. strong base such as t-butyl lithium, followed by the addition of trimethylborate provides the 5-boronic acid indazole intermediate. Addition of a copper (1I) catalyst, followed by the addition of a substituted or unsubstituted aniline provides a compound of the Formula X111. 10. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XIV: BR XW 15 where A, B, X, Ar', R 2 and R 3 are defined as above. Figures 30A-30C show an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XIV. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XIV are prepared as follows. i-F(uoro-3-methyl 20 benzene undergoes an addition reaction to form 2-fluoro-4-methylbenzoic ,acid, followed by nitration to provide 2-fluoro-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzoic acid. The acid group is esterified, and then the fluoro group is replaced by ArO upon treatment with ArOH. and a strong base. Reduction of the nitro group followed by diazotization and cyclization provides the 5-OAr-6-CO 2 Me 25 Indazole derivative, which is then treated with RBr in the presence of base to provide the 1-N substituted derivative. Hydrolysis of the ester group followed by amidation provides the 6-amide indazole derivative having Formula XIV. 40 In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XV: B A3 1 N Q H N N OR13 A 0 R 1 2 5 XV where A, B, X, and Ar are defined as above, and R 12 and R' are independently alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocydoalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycloalkyl, aryl ,or heteroaryl may be substituted or unsubstituted. 10 Figure 34 shows an example of the synthesis of a specific compound having the general Formula XV. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XV are prepared as follows. A 5-OAr-6-CO 2 Me Indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then treated with RBr in the presence of base 15 to provide the 1-N substituted derivative. Hydrolysis of the ester group followed treatment with carbonyldiimidazole and an amino acid provides the 6-substituted indazole derivative having Formula XV. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the general Formula XVI: 20 X N Q . N A 41 where A, B, X, R 2 , R, and Ar are defined as above. In one general synthetic process, compounds of Formula XVI are s prepared as follows. A 5-OAr-6-CO 2 Me indazole derivative is prepared as described above with respect to the synthesis of Formula XIV, and then reduced, for example, by treating with BH 3 in THF. Purification provides a compound of Formula XVI. In another embodiment, this invention relates to compounds of the 10 general Formula XVII: K . T

R=-Q-R

7 0V Y XVII where Y is CR 1 , 0, S, or NR 2 ;' 15 W is CRa, N, NR 4 , S or 0, provided that W is NR 4 , S, or 0 when Y is CR' and W is CR 3 or N when Y is NR 2 ; Ra is H, NH 2 , F, Cl, methyl or substituted methyl;

R

4 is H, or methyl or substituted methyl; RI and R 2 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, Zu 20 NRaRb, Zr-NRa(C=O)Rb, Zn-SO 2 R", Zn-SOR, Zn-SRa, Zn-OR, Z-(C=O)Ra, Zn (C=O)OR, Zn-O-(C=O)Ra, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein 42 said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar', wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted;. 5 ArO is aryl or. heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted; R and R" are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 10 heteroalkynyl,- alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn is Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R and Rb together with the atoms to which they are both attached form a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having I or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; 20 Z is alkylene having from i to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to-4 carbons, wherein said alkylene, alkenylene, or alkynylene may be substituted or unsubstituted; n is 0 or 1; U is CRC or N; 25 V is CR* or N; R" is H, F, Cl. methyl or substituted methyl; X is 0, S, SO, SOj, NR 5 , C=O, CH 2 , CH 2 Zn-OH, or C=NORd;

R

5 is H, methyl, or substituted methyl; Rd is H, P0 3

H

2 , S0 3

H

2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, 43 heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar 1 , said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, 5 heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-ArO may be substituted or unsubstituted; G, H, J, and T independently are N or CRz, provided that when any of said G, H, J, and T are N the total number of G, H, J, or T that is N does not exceed 2; 10 -R is H, F, Cl, Br, CFa, OR, SRe, lower alkyl (Cr-C 4 ), CN, or NR 6

R

7 ; Re and R 7 are independently H, CF 3 , lower alkyl (Ci-C 4 ) or lower heteroalkyl (C-C 4 ); Q is -NR 8 CONH-, -NHCO-, -NRaSO 2 NH- , -NHSO 2 -, -CONR"-;

R

8 is H or lower (C1C4) alkyl; 15 R" is H or lower (CI-C4) alkyl; Rx is -(CR 9 R')m-, -O(CR 9

R'

0 )mr, NH(CR'R)m- , or -S(CR"R'")m provided that Q is -CONR' 1 - when R Is -O(CR"R")m-, -NH(CR 9 R'")m-, or S(CR.R 10 )m

R

9 and R1 'are, independently H, or lower alkyl, or R 9 and RO together 20 with the atoms to which they are both attached form a cycloalkyl ring wiich may be saturated or partially unsaturated; m is 1-3; Ry is H, PO 3 H, an amine protecting group, an oxygen protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, 25 heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zn-Ar 2 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z-cycloalkyl, Zn-Ar 2 and Zn 44 heterocycloalkyl may be substituted or unsubstituted; Ar 2 is aryl or heteroaryl, each of which may be substituted or unsubstituted, wherein said substitution can be 1-3 substituents independently selected from F, Cl, Br, CF 3 , CN, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, 5 heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, -OR , -SR , -S0 2 R. , -SO 2 NR"R.,

NR

13

SO

2

R'

2 , Zr-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Zr-Ari, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn 10 cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Zn-Arl may be substituted or unsubstituted;

R

12 and R 13 are independently H, alkyl, allyJ, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, Z-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z-heterocycloalky wherein said.heterocycloalkyl Is saturated or partially unsaturated, or Z-Ar, 15 wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zi-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl and Z-ArO may be substituted or unsubstituted; wherein when Ar 2 is substituted with -SO 2

NR'

3

R'

2 , R1 2 and R's can form a cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or 20 unsubstituted wherein said substitution can be substituents selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Ze-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, -COR 2 , -SO 2

R

12 , Z-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is 'aturated or partially unsaturated, or ZrrAr, 25 wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl and ZrArl may be substituted or urisubstituted; wherein when Q is -CONR1.', Ry in combination with R 1 is additionally cycloalkyl ring or heterocycloalkyl ring that may be substituted or 30 unsubstituted with groups selected from alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroally), heteroalkenyl, heferoalkyny, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z 45 cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Z7 heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-Arl, -COR , or -SO 2

R'

4 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkeny, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, s heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, Zn-Ar, -COR' 4 , and -SO 2 R1 4 may be substituted or unsubstituted; and R1 4 is alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, hetbroalkynyl, Z-cycloalkyl wherein said cycloalkyl is saturated or partially unsaturated, Zn-heterocycloalkyl wherein said heterocycloalkyl is saturated or 10 partially unsaturated, or Za-Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z-cycloalkyl, Z-heterocycloalkyl, and Zn-Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted. Figures 38-50 show examples of the synthesis of specific compounds 15 having the general Formula XVII. Therapeutically effective amounts of the compounds of the Invention may be used to treat diseases mediated by modulation or regulation of protein kinases. An "effective amount" is intended to mean that amount of compound that, when administered to a mammal in need of suoh treatment, is sufficient 20 to effect treatment for a disease mediated by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such as that p38 alpha and the associated p38 mediated events such as cytokine production. Thus, forexample, a.therapeutically ,effective amount of a compound selected from Formulas I-XVII or a salt, active metabolite or prodrug thereof, Is a quantity sufficient to modulate, 25 regulate, or inhibit the activity of one or more- protein kinases such that a disease condition which is mediated by that activity is reduced or alleviated. The amount of a given agent that will correspond to suci an amount will vary depending upon factors such as the particular compound, disease condition and its severity, the identity (e:g., weight) of the rnemmal in need of 30 treatment, but can nevertheless be routinely determined by one skilled in the art. "Treating" is intended to mean at least the mitigation of a disease 46 condition in a mammal, such as @ human, that is affected, at least in part, by the activity of one or more protein kinases, such as p38, and includes, but is not limited to, preventing the disease condition from occurring in a mammal, particularly when the mammal is found to be predisposed to having the s disease condition but has not yet been diagnosed as having it; modulating and/or inhibiting the disease condition; and/or alleviating the disease condition. In order to use a compound of the Formula l-XVII, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable prodrug thereof, for the io therapeutic treatment (including prophylactic treatment) of mammals including humans, it is normally formulated in accordance with standard pharmaceutical practice as a pharmaceutical composition. According to this aspect of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition that comprises a compound of the Formula I-XVlI, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt or in 15 vivo cleavable prodrug thereof, as defined hereinbefore in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or carrier. The compositions of the invention may be in a form suitable for oral use (for example as tablets, lozenges, hard or soft capsules, aqueous or oily suspensions, emulsions, dispersible powders or granules, syrups or elixirs), 20 for topical use (for example as creams, ointments, gels, or aqueous or oily C solutions or suspensions), for administration by-inhalation (for example as a finely divided powder or a liquid aerosol), for administration by insufflation (for example as a finely divided powder) or for parenteral administration (for example as a sterile aqueous or oily solution for intravenous, subcutaneous, 25 or intramuscular dosing or as a suppository for rectal dosing). For example, compositions intended for oral use may contain, for example, one or more coloring, sweetening, flavoring and/or preservative agents. Suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable excipients for a tablet formulation include, for example, inert diluents such as lactose, sodium carbonate, 30 calcium phosphate or calcium carbonate, granulating and disintegrating agents such as corn starch or algenic acid; binding agents such as starch; 47 lubricating agents such as magnesium stearate, stearic acid or tald; preservative agents such as ethyl or propy p-hydroxybenzoate, and anti oxidants, such as ascorbic acid. Tablet formulations may be uncoated or coated either to modify their disintegration and-the subsequent absorptionof 5 the active ingredient within the gastrointestinal tract, or to improve their stability and/or appearance, in either case, using conventional coating agents and procedures well known in the art. Compositions for oral use may be in the form of hard gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with an inert solid diluent, for example, 10 calcium carbonate, calcium phosphate or kaolin, or as soft gelatin capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin, or olive oil. Aqueous suspensions generally contain the active ingredient in finely powdered form together with one or more suspending agents, such as sodium 15 carboxymethylcellulose, methylcellulose, hydroxypropylmethylcellulos'e, sodium alginate, polyvinyl-pyrrolidone, gum tragacanth and gum acacia; dispersing or wetting agents such as lecithin or condensation products of an alkylene oxide with fatty acids (for example polyoxethylene stearate), or condensation products of ethylene oxide with long chain aliphatic alcohols, for example 20 heptadecaethyleneoxycetano, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial esters derived from fatty acids and a hexitol such as polyoxyethylene sorbitol monooieate, or condensation products of ethylene oxide with partial. esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides, for example polyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The aqueous suspensions may also contain one or more 25 preservatives (such as ethyl or propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, anti-oxidants (such - as ascorbic acid), coloring agents, flavoring agents, and/or sweetening agents (such as sucrose, saccharine or aspartame). Oily suspensions may be formulated by suspending- the active ingredient in a vegetable oil (such as arachis oil, olive oil, sesame oil or 30 coconut oil) or in a mineral oil (such as liquid paraffin). The oily suspensions may also contain a thickening agent such as beeswax, hard paraffin or cetyi 48 alcohol. Sweetening agents such as those set out above, and flavoring agents may be added to provide a palatable oral preparation. These compositions may be preserved by the addition of an anti-oxidant such as ascorbic acid. 5 Dispersible powders and 'granules suitable for preparation of an aqueous suspension by the addition of water generally contain the active ingredient together with a dispersing. or wetting agent, suspending agent and one or more preservatives. Suitable dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents are exemplified by those already mentioned above. 10 -Additional excipients such as sweetening, flavoring and coloring agents, may also be present. The pharmaceutical compositions of the invention may also be in the form of oil-in-water emulsions. The oily..phase may be a vegetable oil, such as olive oil or arachis oil, or a mineral oil, such as for example liquid paraffin is or a mixture of any of these. Suitable emulsifying agents may be, for example, naturally-occurring gums such as gum acacia or gum tragacanth, naturally-occurring phosphatides such as soya bean, lecithin, an esters or partial esters derived from fatty acids and hexitol anhydrides (for example sorbitan monooleate) and condensation products of the said partial esters 20 with ethylene oxide such as polyoxyethylene sorbitan monooleate. The emulsions may also contain sweetening, flavoring and preservative -agents. Syrups and elixirs may be formulated with sweetening agents such as - glycerol, propylene glycol, sorbitol, aspartame or sucrose, and may also contain a demulcent, preservative, flavoring and/or coloring agent. 25 The pharmaceutical compositions may also be in the form of a sterile injectable aqueous or aily suspension, which may be formulated according to known procedures using one or more of the appropriate dispersing or wetting agents and suspending agents, which have been mentioned above. A sterile injectable preparation may also be a sterile injectable solution or suspension 30 . in a non-toxic parenterally-acceptable diluent or solvent, for example a solution in 1,3-butanediol. 49 Suppository formulations may be prepared by mixing the active ingredient with a suitable non-irritating excipient which is solid at ordinary temperatures but liquid at the rectal temperature and will therefore melt in the rectum to release the drug. Suitable excipients include, for example, cocoa 5 butter and polyethylene glycols. Topical formulations, such as creams, ointments, gels and aqueous or oily solutions or suspensions, may generally be obtained by formulating an active ingredient with a conventional, topically acceptable, vehicle or diluent using conventional procedures well known in the art. 10 Compositions for administration by insufflation may be in the form of a finely divided powder containing particles of average diameter of, for example, 30 pm dr much less, the powder itself comprising either active ingredient alone or diluted with one or more physiologically acceptable carriers such as lactose. The powder for insufflation is then conveniently retained in a capsule 15 containing, for example, 1 to 50 mg of active ingredient for use with a turbo inhaler device, such as is used for insufflation of the known agent sodium cromoglycate. Compositions for administration by inhalation may be in the form of a' conventional pressurized aerosol arranged to dispense the active ingredient 20 either as an aerosol containing finely divided solid or liquid droplets. Conventional aerosol propellants such as volatile fluorirated hydrocarbons or hydrocarbons may be used and the aerosol device is conveniently arranged to dispense a metered quantity of active ingredient. For further information on formulations, see Chapter 25.2 in Volume 5 25 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin Hansch; Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990, which is specifically incorporated herein by reference. The amount of a compound of this invention that is combined with one. or more excipients to produce a single dosage forn will necessarily vary 30 depending upon the host treated and the particular route of administration. For example, a formulation intended for oral administration to humans will 50 may contain, for example, from 0.5 mg to 2 g of active agent compounded with an appropriate and convenient amount of excipients which may vary from about 5 to about 98 percent by weight of the total composition. Dosage unit forms will generally contain about 1 mg to about 500 mg of an active 5 ingredient. For further information on routes of administration and dosage regimes, see Chapter 25.3 in Volume 5 of Comprehensive Medicinal Chemistry (Corwin'Hanschi Chairman of Editorial Board), Pergamon Press 1990, which is specifically incorporated herein by reference. The size of the dose for therapeutic or prophylactic purposes of a 10 compound of Formula I-XVII will naturally vary according to the nature and severity of the conditions, the age and sex of the -animal or patient and the. route of administration, according to well known principles of medicine, In one aspect of this invention, the compounds of-this invention or pharmaceutical salts or prodrugs thereof may be formulated into 15 pharmaceutical compositions for administration to animals or humans to treat or prevent a p38-mediated condition. The term "p38-mediated condition" as used herein means any disease or other deleterious condition in which p38 is known. to play a role. This includes conditions which are known to be caused by L-t, TNF, IL-6 or IL-B overproduction. Such conditions include, without 20 limitation, inflammatory diseases, autoimmune diseases, destructive bone' disorders, proliferative disorders, infectious diseases, viral disease, and neurodegenerative diseases Inflammatory diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute pancreatitis, chronic pancreatitis, asthma, allergies, 25 and adult respiratory distress syndrome. Autoimmune diseases which may be treated or prevented. include, but are not limited to, glomeralonephritis, rheumatoid arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, scleroderma, chronic thyroiditis, Graves' disease, autoimmune gastritis, insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus (Type I), 30 autoimmune hemolytic anemia, autoimmune neutropenia, thrombocytopenia, atopic dermatitis, chronic active hepatitis, myasthenia gravis, multiple 51 sclerosis, inflammatory bowel disease, ulcerative colitis, Crohn's disease, psoriasis, or graft vs. host disease. Destructive bone disorders which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, osteoporosis, osteoarthritis and multiple myeloma 5 related bone disorder. Proliferative. diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but -are not limited to, acute myelogenous leukemia, chronic myelogenous leukemia, metastatic melanoma, Kaposi's sarcoma, and multiple myeloma. Infectious diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are 10 not limited to, sepsis, septic shock-, and Shigellosis. Viral diseases which may be treated or prevented include, but are not limited to, acute hepatitis infection (including hepatitis A; hepatitis B and hepatitis C), HIV infection and CMV retinitis. Degenerative conditions or'diseases which may be treated or 15 prevented by the compounds of this invention include, but are not limited to, Alzheirner's disease, Parkinson's disease, cerebral ischemia and other neurodegenerative diseases. "p38-mediated conditions" also include ischemia/reperfusion in stroke, heart attacks, myocardial ischemia, organjiypoxia, vascular hyperplasia, 20' cardiac hypertrophy and thrombin-induced platelet aggregation. In addition, the p38 inhibitors of this invention are also capable of inhibiting the expression of inducible pro-inflammatory proteins such as prostaglandin endoperoxide synthase-2 (PGHS-2), also referred to as cyclooxygenase=2 (COX-2). Therefore, other "p38-mediated conditions" are 25 -edema, analgesia, fever and pain, such as neuromuscular pain, headache, , cancer pain, dental pain and arthritis pain. The conditions and diseases that may be treated or prevented by the p38 inhibitors of this invention May also be conveniently grouped by the cytokine (e.g., IL-1, TNF, IL-6, IL-8) that is believed to be responsible for the 30 disease. 52 Thus, an IL-1-mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, osteoarthritis, stroke, endotoxemia and/or toxic shock syndrome, inflammatory reaction induced by endotoxin, inflammatory bowel disease, tuberculosis, atherosclerosis, muscel degeneration, cachexia, psoriatic 5 arthritis, Reiter's syndrome, gout, traumatic arthritis, rubella arthritis, acute synovitis, diabetes, pancreatic 11-cel disease and Alzheimer's disease. A TNF-mediated disease or condition includes rheumatoid arthritis, rheumatoid spondylitis, osteoarthritis, gouty arthritis and other arthritic conditions, sepsis, septic shock, endotoxic shock, gram negative sepsis, toxic 10 shock syndrome, adult respiratory distress syndrome, cerebral malaria, chronic pulmonary inflammatory disease, silicosis, pulmonary sarcoisosis, bone resorption diseases, reperfusion injury, graft vs. host reaction, allograft rejections, fever and myalgias due to infection, cachexia secondary to infection, AIDS, ARC or malignancy, keloid formation, scar tissue formation, 15 Crohn's disease, ulcerative colitis or pyresis. TNF-mediated diseases also Include viral infections, such as HIV, CMV, influenza and herpes; and veterinary viral infections,.such as lentivirus infections, including, but not limited to equine infectious anemia virus, caprine arthritis virus, visna virus or maedi virus; or retrovirus infections, including feline immunodeficiency virus, 20 bovine immunodeficiency virus, or canine immunodeficiency virus. IL-8 mediated disease or condition includes diseases characterized by massive neutrophil infiltration; such as psoriasis, inflammatory bowel disease, asthma, cardiac and renal reperfusion injury, adult respiratory distress syndrome,-thrombosis and glomerulonephritis. 25 In addition, the compounds of this infection may be used topically to treat or prevent conditions caused or exacerbated by IL-1 or TNF. Such conditions include inflamed joints, eczema, psoriasis, inflammatory skin conditions such as sunburn, inflammatory eye conditions such as conjunctivitis, pyresis, pain and other conditions associated with inflammation. 30 The compounds of this invention may be used i6 combination with other drugs ahd therapies used in the treatment of disease states which would 53 benefit from the inhibition of cytokines, in particular IL-1, TNF, IL-6.or IL-8. For example, by virtue of their ability to inhibit cytokines, the compounds of Formula l-XVII are of value in the treatment of certain inflammatory and non-inflammatory diseases which are currently treated with 5 a cyclooxygenase-inhibitory non-steroidal anti-inflammatory drug (NSAID) such as indomethacin ketorolac, acetylsalicylic acid, ibuprofen, sulindac, tolmetin and piroxicam. Co-administration of a compound of the Formula I. XVII with a NSAID can result in a reduction of the quantity of the latter agent needed to produce a therapeutic effect, and thus the likelihood of adverse io side-effects from the NSAID such as gastrointestinal effects are reduced. - Thus according to a further feature of the invention there is provided a pharmaceutical composition which comprises a compound of Formula I-XVII, or a pharmaceutically-acceptable salt or in vivo cleavable ester thereof, in . conjunction or.admixture with a cyclooxygenase inhibitory non-steroidal anti is inflammatory agent, and a pharmaceutically-acceptable diluent or carrier. The compounds of Formula i-XVII may also be used in the treatment of conditions such as rheumatoid arthritis in combination with antiarthritic agents such as gold, methotrexate, steroids and penicillinamine, and in conditions such as osteoarthritis in combination with steroids. 20' The compounds of the present invention may also be administered in degradative diseases, for example ost6aarthritis, with chondroprotective,-anti degradative and/or reparative agents such as Diacerhein, hyaluronic acid formulations such as Hyalan, Rumalon, Arteparon and glucosamine salts such as Antril. 25. The compounds of Formula l-XVII may also be used in the treatment of asthma in combination with antlasthmatic agents such as bronchodilators and leukotriene antagonists. Although the compounds of Formula I-XVII are primarily of value as therapeutic agents for use in warm-blooded animals (including man), they are 30 also useful whenever it is required to inhibit the effects of cytokines. Thus, they are useful as pharmacological standards for use in the development of 54 new biological tests and in the-search for new pharmacological agents. The activity of the compounds of this invention may be assayed for p38 inhibition in vitro, in vivo, or in a cell line. ln'vitro assays include assays that determine inhibition of either the kinase activity or ATPase activity of activated 5 p38. Altemate in vitro assays quantitate the ability of the inhibitor to bind-to p38 and may be measured either by radiolabelling the inhibitor prior to binding, isolating the inhibitor/p38 complex and determining the amount of radiolsbel bound, or by running a competition experiment where new inhibitors are incubated with p38 bound to known radioligends. These and other useful in io vitro and cell culture assays are well known. to those of skill in the art. Cel) culture assays of the inhibitory effect of the compounds of this invention may be used to determine the amounts of TNF-a,.lI..-1, IL-6 or IL-8 produced in whole blood or-cell fractions thereof in cells treated with inhibitor as compared to cells treated with negative controls. Level of these cytokines 15 may be determined through the use of commercially available ELISAs or as described in the Biological Examples section below. BIOLOGICAL EXAMPLES The biological activities of the compounds of the invention were demonstrated by the following in vitro assays. 20 p38 Biochemical Assay P38 activity was assayed at room temperature in a 100 pi reaction containing 5 nM activated p38 enzyme and I uM ATF-2 (Activating Transcription Factor 2 fusion protein) as the substrate in 25mM HEPES (pH 7.4), 100 pM Vanadate, 1 mM DTT,- 10 mM MgC1 2 and 10 pM {D- 33 P]-ATP 25 (~0.1 pCi P 33 /reaction). The reaction was terminated after 30-40 minutes by adding 25% TCA, let stand for 5 minutes and then transferred direcily-to a GF-B membrane filter plate. The filter was washed.twice for 30 seconds with 0.5% phosphoric acid using a Tomtec Mach Ill Automated Harvestor. After washing, the vacuum was continued for 30 seconds to dry the filter. -30 Approximately 30 pl of scintillant was added per well to the filter plate- and 55 then read in a Liquid Scintillation Counter (Packard TopCount HTS). PBMC Assay The ability of compounds of this invention to inhibit TNF-a production was assessed by using human peripheral blood mononuclear cells ("PBMC") 5 which synthesize and secrete TNF-a when stimulated with lipopolysaccharide. Compound test solutions were made by making 5 fold serial dilutions in - DMSO, which dilutions were then diluted to 5x stocks by diluting with MEM, 2% heat inactivated fetal bovine serum ("FBS"), 20 mM HEPES, 2mM L glutamine, and 1% penicillin/streptomycin. 10 PBMC's were isolated from human blood as follows. Whole blood samples were collected from human volunteers into VacutainerTm CPT from Becton Dickinson. Tubes were mixed and centrifuged at room temperature (18 - 25* C) in a horizontal rotor for a minimum of 15 minutes at 1500 -1800 RCF (relative centrifugal force). For each donor, the buffy coat layers were 15 pooled into a single tube and washed twice with phosphate buffered saline. ("PBS"). The cell pellet was resuspended in MEM, 2% heat inactivated fetal bovine sierum ("FBS"), 20 mM HEPES, 2mM L-glutamine, and 1% penicillin/streptomycin. Total cell numberwas determined using a hemocytometer and the cell suspension was adjusted to 2 X 106 cells/mL. 20 0.1 mL of cell suspension was added to each well of a 96-well cell culture plate. 30 pL of a compound test solution was added, and the cells were incubated in a 37"C/5% 002 incubator for 1 hour. 20 pL of 7.5 ng/'mL lipopolysaccharide (LPS E..Coli K-235) was then added to each well, and the cells were returned to the 37 0 C/5% CO 2 incubator for 16-20 hours. The cells 25 were centrifuged for 15 minutes at 1100 RCF. Approximately 0.12 mL of the supernatant was-transferred into a clean 96 well polypropylene plate.. The samples were either assayed immediately or were stored at -80"C until ready for assay. TNF-a levels were determined in each sample using a human TNF-a ELISA assay such as that described below. 30 TNF-a levels were determined using the following assay. TNF-alpha 56 antibody coated plates were prepared by adding 150 pL of 2 pg/mL anti-TNF a purified mouse monoclonal IgG in Carbonate-Bicarbonate buffer (BupH TM Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack) to wells of a 96-well Immulon 4 plate (Immulon 4 ELISA Flat Bottom Plate; Dynex, catalog number 011-010-3855) 5 'and incubated overnight at 2 - 8 "C. Coating solution was removed and 200 pL of "blocking buffer" (20 rnM HEPES pH 7.4,150 mM NaCI, 2% BSA) was added and plates were stored 2 - 8 "C until ready to use. A ten-point recombinant human TNF-a standard curve was prepared by a 1:2 serial dilution in "sample diluent" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM 10 MgC 2 , 1 % BSA) with a top concentration of 6000 pg/mL. Blocking solution was removed from TNF-a ELISA plates by washing five times with 300 pL of "wash buffer" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 0.02% Tween-20). 50 pL of "sample diluent" was added to all wells, and then either 50 pL of a TNF-a standard curve solution or test 15 compound supernatant was added to all wells. The plate was incubated at room temperature for one hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 pL "wash buffer". 100 pL of 0.2 pg/mL biotinylated goat anti-human TNF-a in "antibody diluent" (20 mM HEPES, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl, 2 mM MgCl 2 , 1 % BSA, 0.02% Tween-20)*was added per well, and the 20 plate was incubated at room temperature for one hour with shaking (300 rpm). The plate was washed wash five times with 300 pL."wash buffer" per well. 100 pL of 0.02 pg/mL streptavidin alkaline phosphatase in "antibody diluent" was added per well, and the plate was incubated at room temperature for one hour with shaking (300 rpm). The.plate was washed wash five times with 300 ph 25 wash buffer per well. 200 pL of I mg/mL pNPP (p-nitrophenyl phosphate) in diethanolamine buffer with 0.5 mM MgC 2 was added per well, and the plate was incubated for 30 to 45 minutes at room temperature with shaking (300 rpm). Reaction progress was monitored by determining o.ptical.density: when the top standard reached an OD between 2.0 and 3.0,.50 pL of 2N NaOH was 30 added per well. The optical density of each well was determined within 30 minutes, using a microtiter plate reader set to 405 nm. The data was analyzed in XL fit using 4-parameter curve fitting. 57 The following reagents were used in the above-described assays. Dulbecco's Phosphate Buffered Saline without Calcium or Magnesium (Gibco Catalog No. 14190); Minimum essential medium Eagle (MEM; Gibco Catalog No. 11090); penicillin-streptomycin (Gibco Catalog No. 15140); L-glutamine, 5 200 mM (Gibco Catalog No. 25030); HEPES, 1M (Gibco Catalog No. 15630); fetal bovine serum ("FBS "; HyClone Catalog No. SH30070.03); lipopoly saccharides from Escherichia coli K-235 ("LPS"; Sigma Catalog No. L2018); anti-TNF-a, Purified Mouse Monoclonal igG (R&D Systems Catalog No. MAB210); BupH T m Carbonate-Bicarbonate Buffer Pack (Pierce Catalog No. 10 28382);-HEPES (FW 238.3; Sigma Catalog No. H3575); NaCl (Sigma Catalog No. S7653); bovine serum albumin ("BSA"; Jackson ImmunoReseach Catalog No. 001-000-162); polyoxyethylene 20.sorbitan monolaurate (Sigma Catalog No., P2287); magnesium chloride, hexahydrate (Sigma Catalog No. M2670); recombinant human TNF-a (R&D Systems Catalog No. 210TA010); 15 biotinylated TNF-a affinity purified goat igG (R&D Systems Catalog No. BAF210); streptavidin alkaline phosphatase (Jackson ImmunoResearch Catalog No. 016-050-084); diethanolamine Substrate Buffer (Pierce Catalog No. 34064); p-nitrophenyl phosphate (Sigma Catalog No. N2765). - Table 3 shows the results of p38 inhibition and inhibition of LPS-induced. 20 TNF-a secretion from human peripheral blood mononuclear cells ("PBMC"). An . "active" compound is defined as a compound having-an IC50 below 500 nM. TABLE 3 Compound p38 Inhibition PBMC ICso (nM) ICso (nM) 7f-1 active - active 7f-2 active - active 7f-3 active. active 7f-4 active~ not tested 7f-7 active not tested 7f-9 active not tested 7f-12 active not tested 7f-13 active not tested 7f-14 . active not tested 7f-15 active not tested 7f-17 active not tested I g-1 active not tested 58 11g-10 active active 11 g-14 active not tested 4f-1 active active 4f-2 active active 4f-7 active not tested 4f-8 active not tested 4f-9- active inactive 4f-10 active not tested 5f-1 active active 5f-2 active active 5f-7 active active 5f-8 active not tested 5f-9 active active 5f-10 active active 5f-11 active not tested 5f-12 active not tested 2h-1 active active 2h-2 active active 2h-10 active active 1j-2 active not tested lj-4 active not tested 2h-1 active active 28t active 99-2 . active 7t-1 active 6n active 16p active Mouse Assay Mouse Model of LPS-Induced TNF-a Production TNF-a was induced in male DBA-2J mice (from Jackson Laboratories) by tail vein injection with 2 mg/kg lipopolysaccharide (from Sigma, St. Louis). 5 Ninety minutes later isdflurane anadsthetized mice were bled by cardiac puncture. The blood samples were then allowed to clot-for two hours at 40C and centrifuged. Serum .was separated into eppendorf tbbes for later TNF-a' analysis. TNF-a analysis was performed using an ELISA kit (Quantikine, MN) and was performed -according to the Instructions that accompanied the kit. o Compound AR-00112190 was prepared with 10% DMSO plus 90% of 20% 2-hydroxy-p-cyclodextrin (HPCD). Compound AR-001 12190 is a derivative of compound 14g (see Figure 3) where A is isobutyl. The coinpound 59 was then serially diluted with vehicle (10% DMSO, 90% 20% HPCD) to prepare concentrations required for the lower dose levels. The compound went into solution with the addition of DMSO, but then came out of solution on addition of 20% HPCD. Therefore, compounds were dosed as suspensions. Seven 5 groups of male DBA-2J mice (seven/group) were dosed orally with AR 00112190 (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg) 30 minutes prior to LPS injection. Treatment with compound AR-001 12190 (10, 30 and 100 mg/kg) also significantly decreased TNF-a levels. AR-001 12190 showed a similar inhibition (42%) seen with the 100 ng/kg dose (Table 4). 10 Results of this study demonstrated significant beneficial effects with 10, 30 and 100.mg/kg of AR-00112190 (29%,-44% and 42%). 60 TABLE 4 Group Treatment Animal TNF Mean SE % Level inhibition pg/ml 1 3290 2 3545 3 3212 I LPS + Vehicle - 4 5604 3825 - 390 0 5 4978 6 2947 7 3196 1 3373 2... 2047 3 2782 11 LPS + AR- .4 2080 2706 206 29 00112190 5 2365 10 mgkg 6 3298 7 2967 1 2815 2 1826 3 III LPS + AR- 4 1464 2126 292 44. 00112190 5 3135 30 mg/kg 6 1393 7 2124 1 2074 2 1783 3 1832 IV LPS+AR- 4 2333 2216 224 42 00112190 s. 5 3257 100 mg/kg 6 1553 7 1683 PREPARATIVE EXAMPLES In order to illustrate the invention, the following examples are included. 5 However, it is to be understood that these examples do not limit the invention and are only meant to suggest a method of practicing the invention. Persons skilled in the art will recognize that the chemical reactions described may be readily adapted to prepare a number of other p38 inhibitors of the invention, and alternative methods for preparing the compounds of this invention are to deemed to be within the scope of this invention. For example, the synthesis 61 of non-exemplified compounds according to the invention may be successfully performed by modifications apparent to those skilled in the art, e.g., by appropriately protecting interfering groups, by utilizing other suitable reagents known in the art other than those described, and/or by making routine 5 modifications of reaction conditions. Alternatively, other reactions disclosed herein or known in the art will be recognized as having applicability for preparing other compounds of the invention. EXAMPLES In the examples described below, unless otherwise indicated all 1o temperatures are set foith in degrees Celsius. Reagents were purchased from commercial suppliers such as Aldrich Chemical Company, Lancaster, TC or Maybridge, and were used without further purification unless otherwise indicated. Tetrahydrofuran (THF), N,N-dimethylformamide (DMF), dichloromethane (DCM), toluene, dioxane and 1,2-difluoroethane were 15 purchased from Aldrich in Sure seal bottles and used as received. The reactions set forth below were done generally under a positive pressure of nitrogen or argon or with a drying tube (unless otherwise stated) in anhydrous solvents, and the reaction flasks were typically fitted with rubber septa for the introduction of substrates and reagents via syringe. Glassware 20 vas oven dried and/or heat dried. Column chromatography was done on a Biotage system (Manufacturer: Dyax Corporation) having a silica gel column or on- a silica SepPak cartridge (Waters). I H-NMR spectra were recorded on a Bruker instrument operating at 25 300 MHz or on a Varian instrument operating at 40 MHz. 1 H-NMR spectra were obtained as CDC1 3 solutions (reported in ppm), using chloroform as the reference standard (7.25 ppm). Other NMR solvents were used as needed. When peak multiplicities are reported, the following abbreviations are used: s (singlet), d (doublet), t (triplet), m (multiplet), br (broadened), dd (doublet of 30 doublets), dt (doublet of triplets). Coupling constants, when given, are 62 reported in Hertz (Hz). Example I Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1-(4-methoxybenzyl I H-Qyrazolor3,4-clpyridine (7a) 5 Figure 1 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7a having the general Formula 11. In this example, the synthesis of compound 7a, where R is 4-methoxybenzyl and X is sulfur, is described. Step A: 1.285 g of 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (compound Ia) and 1.023 g of 4-fluorobenzenethiol were dissolved in 1-5 mL of anhydrous 10 THF under dry nitrogen. To this solution was slowly added 207 mg of sodium hydride (95% in oil). The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and 0.1 N aqueous NaOH (to remove any unreacted thiol) and then the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage 15 column eluting with a gradient from 1:1 hexane/ CH 2 Cl 2 to 100% CH 2 Cl 2 to give 1.90 g of compound 2a. Step B: Approximately 1.90 g of compound 2a and 1.88 g of iron powder were added to 20 mL of acetic acid under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to 90 0 C for about 45 minutes 20 to form intermediate product 3a. Approximately 1.90 g of the intermediate product 3a and 1.160 g of NaOH were dissolved in 20 mL of methanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for about 3.5 hours, and then reaction mixture was cooled'to ambient temperature and stirred at ambient temperature for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then 25 partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and water. The CH 2 Cl2 layer was then washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SQ

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 4a. Step C: Without further purification, 1.54 g of compound 4a and 896 mg of amrnonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in 10 mL of a 1:1 solution of 30 acetone and water. The reaction mixture Was then placed in an ice bath (0"C) to which was added 600 puL of concentrated HCl followed by 514 mg of 63 sodium nitrite. The reaction mixture was then stirred for approximately 45 minutes after which time a precipitate of the intermediate compound 5a was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide approximately 800 mg of s compound Sa. Without further purification, approximately 800 mg of compound Sa, 312 mg of potassium acetate and 190 mg of 18-crown-6 were dissolved/suspended in 5 mL of chloroform under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over 10 Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 388 mg of compound 6a. Step D: 173.3 mg of compound 6a, 195 mg of potassium carbonate, 110 pL of 4-methoxybenzyl chloride and 10.5 mg of sodium iodide were dissolved/suspended in I mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry 15 nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 850 C for approximately 1.5 hours, and then cooled to ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water, and the CH 2 C1 2 layer was washed. water and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give approximately 20 100 mg of cOmpound 7a. Example 2.. Preparation of 1 -allyl-5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 H-pyrazoloi3,4-clpyridine (1 4a) Figure 2 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14a having the general Formula 11. 25 Step. A: In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorophenol compoundd 8a; 1.3 mL, 2.0 mmols) was diluted with 25 mL of anhydrous THF and the reaction mixture was cooled in an ice bath as potassium t-butoxide (12.0 mL, 12.0 mmols) was slowly added. Next, 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine (compound Ia; 2.23 g, 12.5 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was warmed to 30 room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was 64 washed with a IN NaOH solution and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated to a dark residue which was purified on a Biotage 40 M silica column, eluting with 50:50 CH 2 Cl 2 /hexanes, to provide 2.84 g of compound 1 Oa as a white solid. 5 Step B: in a round bottom flask, compound I 0a (2.6 g, 11 mmols) was diluted with 40 mL EtOH, and then Pd(OH) 2 (230 mg, 2 mmols) was added followed by the addition of ammonium formate (3.3 g, 53 mmols). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 0 C until the starting material 10a was gone as determined by HPLC. The reaction mixture was filtered through glass 10 paper and the filtrate was concentrated. The residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 and the organic layer was washed with saturated NaHCQ 3 and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated to provide 1.92 g of compound 11 a as a white solid. Step C: Compound II a was converted to compound 13a according to 15 the method described in Step C of Example 1. Compound II a and of ammonium tetrafluoroborate were taken up in a 1:1 solution of acetone and water. The reaction mixture was then placed in an ice bath (0 0 C) to which was added concentrated HCI followed by sodium nitrite, and a precipitate was formed. The precipitate was collected, air-dried, and then further dried by 20 azeotroping from ethanol and toluene to provide the intermediate compound 12a. Compound 12a, potassium acetate and 18-crown-6 were dissolved/suspended in chloroform under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction inixture was then partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and water. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and 25 concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give compound 13a. Step D: In a round-bottom flask, compound 13a was diluted with 4 mL of DMF, and then 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began-. Upon settling, 0.8 mL of allyl bromide was added, and the mixture was stirred under 30 nitrogen at room temperature, The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The residue was diluted with CH 2 Ca and the organic. 65 layer was washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, concentrated to a film, and dried. The resulting reside was purified on a Biotage column having a 12 M silica column, eluting with 4% EtOAc:CH 2

C

2 , to provide compound 14a. 5 Example 3 Preparation of 3[-5-(4-fluorophenvloxy)-pyrazolor3.4-cplyridin-1-yll propane-1,2-diol (15a) Figure 3 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 15a having the general Formula 11. In a round-bottom flask, 79 mg (0.3 10 mmols) of compound 14a, prepared according to Example 2, was diluted with 2 mL of anhydrous CH 2

CI

2 . Trimethylamine-N-oxide (27 mg, 0.35 mmol) was. added under a nitrogen atmosphere. After all solids were dissolved, OsO4 (11 .mg, 0.04 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and 15 water. The organic layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and then concentrated to a film. The film was purified on a Biotage 12 M silica column .eluting with EtOAc to provide 82 mg of compound 15a. Example 4 Preparation of r5-(4-fluorophenvloxy)-prfazolor3.4-c1pyridin-1-vil 20 acetaldehyde (16a) Figure 4 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16a. A 0.3 M solution of NatO 4 (2 mL) was combined with 1 g of silica gel to give slurry. The slurry was diluted with 3 mL of CH 2

CI

2 and 82 mg (0.3 mmols) of compound ISa, prepared according to Example 3, was added into the slurry 25 with ' mL of CH 2

CI

2 , and the slurry was stirred for 2 hours. After 3 hours, the reaction mixture was filtered and the pad.was washed with CH 2

CI

2 . The filtrate was concentrated to provide 35 mg of compound 16a as a brown film. Example 5 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenvloxy)-1-oxazol-5-ylmethvl-1H-pyrazolor3,4 30 cdyridine (17a) Figure 5 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound . 66 17a having the general Formula II. In a round bottom flask, compound 16a (32 mg, 0.11 mmols), prepared according to Example 4, was combined with MeOH (2 mL) and K 2

CO

3 (32 mg, 0.2 mmols), and then tosylmethylisocyanide (25 mg, 0.13 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 5 reflux. The reaction mixture was then concentrated and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 . The CH 2 Cl 2 was washed with water and I N HCI, separated, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified on a silica column, eluting with 80% EtOAc/CH 2

CI

2 , to provide compound 17a. Example 6 10 Preparation of I -avll-5-(4-fluoro-henvisulfanyl)-1 H-ovrazoloF3.4-clovridine (1 8a) Figure 6 shows the reaction scheme f6r the synthesis of compound . 18a having the general Formula 11. In a round bottom flask with an inlet for nitrogen, compound 6a, prepared according to Example 1, was diluted with 4 mL of DMF and then the 22 mg of NaH was added and bubbling began. 15 Upon settling, allyl bromide (0.8 mL) was added and the reaction was stirred under nitrogen at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The residue was taken up in CH 2

CI

2 and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate solution and brine, and then dried to an orange film. The film was purified on a Biotage column having a 12M 20 silica column and eluting with 4% EtOAc/CH 2

C

2 to provide compound 18a. Example 7 Preparation of 1-N-substituted 4-azaindazoles (7b) Figure 7 shows a reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7b having the general Formula IlIl. 25 Step A: In a round bottom flask, 4-fluorobenzenethiol was diluted with anhydrous THF. The reaction mixture was-cooled to O'C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium tert-butoxide in THF was slowly added to the reaction mixture. The reaction mixture was stirred at O'C for 10 minutes, and then 5-chloro-3-methyl-2-nitropyridirie (compound 1 b) was added and the 30 reaction mixture was stirred at 0*C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was 67 diluted with CH 2 C1 2 . The CH 2 C1 2 was washed with 1 N NaOH solution and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated to a yellow oil. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage 40 M column eluting with 50:50 hexane/CH 2 Cl 2 to provide compound 3b. 5 Step B: Compound 3b was reduced with iron powder and acetic acid as described Example i, step B to provide compound 4b. Step C: Compound 4b was then treated with ammonium tetrafluoroborate followed by concentrated HCI and sodium nitrite as described in Example 1, Step C to provide intermediate 5b. Without further ,10 purification, compound 5b was combined with potassium acetate and 18 crown-6 as described in Example 1, step C to provide compound 6b. Step D: Compounds 7b-1, 7b-2, and 7b-3 were each prepared from compound 6b as shown in Figure 7. To prepare compound 7b-1, compound 6b was treated with NaH and allyl bromide as described in Example 6. 15 Example 8 Preparation of 3-[5-(4-fluorophenlsulfanyl)-p'yrazolo[4.3,-bpvridin-1-vl propylamine (8b) Figure 8 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8b having the general Formula Il1. In a rourid bottom flasks, compound 7b-3, 20 prepared according to Example 7, was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 and trifluoroacetic acid, The reaction mixture was stirred until the starting material was gone as determined by TLC, and then concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 . The CH 2

CI

2 was washed with I N NaOH and brine, dried over Na 2 SO4, filtered, and concentrated. The resulting residue was purified 25 on a Biotage 12M silica column, eluting with 10% MeOH/CH 2

C

2

/NH

4 0H, to provide compound 8b. Example 9 Preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-3-(4-methoxvbenzvl)-1H) indazole (10c) Figure 9 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound I Oc 30 having the general Formula IV. 68 . Step A: In a round-bottom flask, 6-nitroindole (compound 1c; 15.5 g, 95 mmols) was dissolved in 1,4-dioxane (400 mL). NaOH (3.8 g, 95 mmols) was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. Then, 266 mL of 2 N NaOH was added to the reaction mixture, followed by the addition 5 of iodine crystals (two portions of 54.4 g for a total addition of 214 mmols), and the reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10% citric acid and diluted with EtOAc. The organic layer was washed with 10% NaHSO 3 , NaHCO 3 , and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated to provide 27.5 mg of compound 2c as an orange solid. to Step B: Compound 2c (5.18 g) was dissolved in 50 mL of anhydrous . THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 18.8 mL of a 1.0 M solution of potassium tert-butoxide in THE. The reaction mixture was stirred .for approximately 15 minutes after which time 3.20 mL of chlorotrimethylsilane was added. The reaction mixture was then partitioned 15 between EtOAc and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organic phase was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to provide 3.85 g of compound 3c as a yellow solid. Step C: Compound 3c (3.85 g), 766 g of trans-2-phenylvinylboronic 20 acid, 531 mg of Pd(PPh 3

)

4 and 14.20 mL of 2.0 M Na 2

CO

3 were dissolved/suspended in 50 rnL of-dioxane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction Mixture was heated to reflux ovemight, and then cooled to ambient temperature and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2 Cl 2 25 layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to provide compound 4b. Step D: Compound 4c (573 mg) and 103 mg of 10% Pd/C were dissolved/suspended in 10 mL of a 3:1 solution of EtOH/THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 500 pL of hydrazine, 30 and the reaction mixture was stirred for 2 hours at ambient temperature. The reaction mixture was then filtered through Celite, the Celite was washed with 69 EtOH and CH 2 C1 2 , and the filtrate was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and water. The CH 2 Cl2 layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 5c. 5 - Step E: Compound 5c (2.51 g) was dissolved in a solution of 30 mL of acetic acid and 6 mL of water under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 3.2 mL of concentrated HaO. The reaction was then cooled to 0"C, and 535 mg of sodium nitrite was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred for about 30 minutes after which time a 4.0 mL 10 aqueous solution of 1.23 mg of sodium iodide and 885 mg of iodine was added to the reaction mixture. After about 4 hrs, the reaction mixture was quenched with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 (slow addition) and then partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and water. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was 15 purified on a Biotage column to give 1.90 g of compound 6c. Step F: Compound 6c (1.90 g) and 509 mg of trimethylamine-N-oxide dehydrate were dissolved in 30 mL of CH 2

CI

2 under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 51 mg of osmium tetroxide. The reaction mixture was stirred for 12 hours at room temperature. Sodium 20 periodate (1.71 g) dissolved in about 30 mL of water was added, and the reaction mixture was stirred for f hour. The reaction mixture was then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The EtOAc layer was washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 889 mg of 25 compound 7c. Step G: Compound 7c (460 mg) was added to 10 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen, The mixture was cooled to -78"C and then 2.80 mL of 4-methoxyphenyl magnesium bromide in THF (0.5 M) was added.' The reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, 3o quenched with water and partitioned between EtOAc and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 . The organic layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated 70 under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 320 mg of an intermediate product. The intermediate product (151 mg) was dissolved in 1 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 and 60 pL of triethylsilane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1 mL of 5 trifluoroacetic acid. The reaction mixture was then concentrated under vacuum and the residue was partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 . The CH 2 C1 2 layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient from 10:1hexane/CH 2

C

2 to 100% CH 2

CI

2 , to io give 76.6 mg of compound 8c. Step H: Compound 8c (151 mg), 80 pL of 4-fluorophenylthiol, 12.0 mg of copper powder and 300 pL of 5.0 M aqueous NaOH were added to 1 mL of anhydrous DMF in a sealed tube and then heated to 90*C for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and 1.0 M aqueous NaOH. 15 The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, 3.0 N aqueous NH40H, and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 76.6 mg of compound 9c. Step I: Compound 9c (76.6 riig) and 100 pL of ethylenediamine were 20 dissolved in 1.6 mL of 1.0 M solution of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF under an atmosphereof dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heatedeto reflux for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between CH 2

CI

2 and water. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , 25 dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with a gradient from 5:1 hexane/CH 2

CI

2 to 100% CH 2

CI

2 to give 25 mg of compound 10c. Example 10 Preparation of [6-(4-fluorophenvlsulfanyl)-1 H-indazole-3-vYl methanol-(14c) 30 Figure 10 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 14c having the general Formula IV. 71 Step A: Compound 7c (520 mg), prepared according to Example 9, was dissolved in 5 mL of methanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To . this solution was added 98.3 mg of sodium borohydride. After about 30 - minutes, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum and then 5 partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2

C

2 layer was dried over - Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on Biotage column to provide compound 12c. Step B: Compound 12c (151 mg), methanol, 100 pL of 4 fluorophenylthiol, 6.0 mg of copper powder and 250 pL of 5.0 M aqueous. 10 NaOH were added to I mL of anhydrous DMF in a sealed tube and then heated to 90 0 C for about 30 hours, after which the reaction mixture was cooled to ambient temperature and partitioned between-CH 2 C1 2 and 1.0 M aqueous NaOH. The CH 2 C1 2 layer was washed with 1.0 M aqueous NaOH, 3.0 N aqueous NH 4 0H, and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and 15 concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 5:1 CH 2 C1 2 /EtOAc, to give 67.9 mg of compound 13c. Step C: Compound 13c (67.9 mg) and 100 pL of ethylenediamine - were dissolved in 1.5 mL of tetrabutylammonium fluoride in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture-was heated to reflux for -20 about 12 hours, and then cooled to room temperature and partitioned between.CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was washed with 10% aqueous citric acid and-saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 18 mg of compound 14c: 25 Example II Preparation of 6-(4-fluoro-phehylsulfanyl)-3-methoxvmethyl-1H-ihdazole (17c) Figure 11 shows the reaction scheme for the preparation of compound I 7c. having the general Formula IV. Step A: Compound 12c (186 mg), prepared according to Example 10, 30 Step A, was dissolved in 5 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 36.8 mg of sodium hydride (60% in oil), 72 the reaction was stirred for about .15 minutes, and then 60 yL of methyl iodide was added to the reaction mixture. After about 1 hour the reaction mixture was quenched with water and partitioned between CH 2

C

2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The CH 2 Ci 2 layer was dried over Na 2 SO, filtered, and 5 concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100:1 CH 2

CI

2 /EtOAc to give 76.1 mg of compound 15c. Step B: Compound 15c was reacted with 4-fluorothiphenol, copper powder, and aqueous NaOH in DMF in the same manner as in Step B of Example 10 to provide a 22% yield of compound 16c. 10 Step C: Compound 16c was reacted with tetrabutylammonium fluoride and ethylenediamine in THF in the same manner as in Step C of Example 10 to give a 53% yield of compound 17c. Example 12 Preparation of 6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-3-methvl-1H-indazole (18c-2) 15 Figure 12 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 18c having the general Formula IV. In this example, the synthesis of compound 18c-2, where Ar is 4-fluoropbenyl, is described. Step A: 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxyacetophenone (compound 19c; 1.42 g) 20 and 1.40 g of potassium carbonate were dissolved/suspended in 30 mL of anhydrous DMF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was added 1.20 mL of benzyl bromide. After about 90 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 65" C for about 45 minutes, and then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, 25 and the residue was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2 CIZ layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2 SO4, filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 20c. Step B: Compound 20c (1.87 g) was added to 20 mL of ethylene. glycol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this reaction mixture was 30 added 250 yL of anhydrous hydrazine. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour at 73 room temperature and then heated to 160*C for about 7 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and quenched with water. The precipitated salt was collected and air-dried and then further dried by azeotropic removal of water with ethanol and toluene. The precipitated salt 5 was diluted with anhydrous acetonitrile, and then 500 mg of dimethylaminopyridine and 311 mg of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) were added. After all solids were dissolved, the reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum arid the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column to give 710 mg of compound 21 c. .10 Step C: Compound 21 c (710 mg), 662 mg of ammonium formate and 223 mg of Pearlman's catalyst (Pd(OH) 2 /C)-were dissolved/suspended in 20 mL of ethanol under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction was heated to 85* C for about 30 minutes and then filtered through Celite. The Celite was washed with EtOH and the combined filtrates were concentrated under 15 vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH 2 C1 2 and saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to give compound 22c. Step D: Compound 22c (103 mg), 174 mg of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 75 mg of copper (II) acetate, and 300 ML of triethylamine were 20 dissolved/suspended in 2 mL of anhydrous CH 2

CI

2 , and 4A molecular sieves were-added to this solution. The reaction was exposed to air for about 5 hours, and -then filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column elutingwith-CH 2 Cl 2 to give 85 mg of compound 23c. 25 Step E: Compound 23c (85 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL of a 1:1 solution of CH 2 Cl2/TFA under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was stirred for about 30 minutes, after which time it was concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and aqueous saturated NaHCO3. The CH 2

CI

2 layer was dried over Na 2

SO

4 , 30 filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide 18c-2. To prepare other coripounds having the generic structure 18c, 74 compound 22c is reacted with phenyl borate or an appropriately substituted phenyl borate as described in Step D, and then treated as described in Step E. Example 13 5 Preparation of 3-ethyl-6-(4-fluorophenylsulfanryl}-1H-indazole (26c) Figure 13 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26c having the general Formula IV. Step A: 4-Fluorothiophenol (compound 24c; 900 yL) was dissolved in 40 mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this 1o solution was added 8.40 mL of potassium tert-butoxide in THF (1.0 M) followed by the addition of 10 mL of anhydrous DMF. The reaction mixture was stirred at ambient temperature for 10 minutes, after which time 1.43 g of 2,4-difuoropropiophenone was added and the mixture was allowed to react for about 12 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was then 15 partitioned between Et 2 0 and water. The Et 2 0 layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHC0 3 , dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under vacuum to provide compound 25c. Step B: Compound 25c (2.34 g) and 260 pL of anhydrous hydrazine were suspended/dissolved in ethylene glycol under.an atmosphere of dry 20 nitrogen. The reaction mixture was then heated to about 700C for about an.

hour and then heated to about 1600C for about 12 hours. The reaction. mixture was cooled to room temperature and quenched with about 100 mL of water, and then partitioned between CH 2 Cl 2 and water. The CH 2 Cl 2 layer was washed with water and aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over Na 2

SO

4 , 25 filtered and concentrated under vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column tb give 770 'mg of compound 26c. Example 14 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 H-indazol-3-yl-amine (34c) Figure 14 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 30 34c having the general Formula VI. 75 Step A: In a round-bottom flask, 50 mL of Me0H and 200 mL of toluene were added to of 5-fluoro-2-nitrobenzoic acid (compound 27c; 10.0 g, 54.0 mmols). About 41 mL of trimethylsilyldiazomethane (2.0 M) were added slowly with stirring. After bubbling stopped, the reaction was quenched with 1 5 mL of acetic acid. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 28c. Step B: In a round-bottom flask, 4-fluorphenol (4.0 g, 35 mmols) was diluted with 100 mL of anhydrous THF. The reaction was cooled to 0*C with an ice bath, and then 1.0 M potassium tet-butoxide in THF (35 mL, 35 10 mmols) was slowly added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 10 minutes, and then compound 28c (7.4 g, 37 mmols) in 50 mL of THF was added. The reaction mixture was stirred at 0*C for 10 minutes and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for about 12 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and in the residue was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 . The CH 2 Cl 2 was 15 washed with 1 N NaOH and brine, and dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated to an oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage 40 M column eluting with 50:50 hexane/ CH 2 Cl 2 to provide compound 29c as an oil. -Step C: In a round:-bottom flask, compound 29c (40 g, 13 mmols) was added to 60 mL of MeOH followed by the addition of 6 N NaOH (4.3 mL, 26 20 mmols). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated, and the resulting residue was diluted with 50 mL water. About 5 mL of 2N HCI (pH = 2.0) was added, and a solid fell out of solution. The solid was dissolved in CH 2 Ci 2 , and the organic layer was washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and then concentrated in 25. toluene to provide compound 30c as a white solid. Step D: In a round-bottom flask, compourid 30c was dissolved in 40 mL of thionyl chloride and heated to 90*C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled and then concentrated down to a yellowish solid. The solid was dissolved in 20 mL of acetone and cooled to 0*C in an ice bath, and then 10 30 mL.of NH 4 0H was added very slowly. The reaction mixture was quenched with water and then concentrated. The resulting residue was extracted with 76

CH

2

CI

2 , and the CH 2 CI2 was dried over Na 2 SO4 and concentrated to provide compound 31c. Step E: In a round-bottom flask, compound 31c (3.4 g, 12.3 mmols) was dissolved in 100 mL of dichloroethane, and then oxalyl chloride (5.4 mL, 5 62 mmols) was added and the reaction mixture was heated to 55*C for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, and the resulting oil was stirred in water (50 mL) and then cooled to about O'C in an ice bath as

NH

4 0H was slowly added to quench excess oxalyl chloride. The reaction mixture was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 , and the organic layer was dried over a 10 Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 32c as a dark oil. Step F: Irna round-botto m flask, compound 32c (2.21 g, 8.5 rnmols). was diluted with 100 mL EtOH and then Pd(OH) 2 (300 mg) was added, followed by the addition of ammonium formate (2.7 g, 43 mmols). The reaction mixture was heated to reflux for 18 hours, filtered through glass 15 paper to remove Pd, and the paper was washed with EtOH. The filtrate was concentrated, and the resulting residue was taken up in CH 2

CI

2 and washed With saturated sodium bicarbonate and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated to provide compound 33c as a yellow solid. Step G: Compound 33c (280 mg, 1.3 mmols) was placed a round 20 bottom flask in an ice water bath, and 5 mL of HOAc and 2.5 mL of H 2 0 were added. The reaction mixture was maintained at 0"C, HCI.(0.35 mL, 6 mmols) was added, and after 5 minutes NaNO 2 (93 mg, 1.3 mmols) was added. After about 1 hour, tin (II) chloride dihydrate (554 mg, 2.5 mmols) was added and the- reaction was stirred for 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was then 25 warmed to room temperature, and concentrated, and the residue was taken up in CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was washed with water and brine, filtered, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated to a film. The film was triturated material with CH 2

CI

2 and the solids were collected. The solids were then heated in 1-butanol (120*C) In a pressure tube for 12 hours to induce 30 cyclization, and then the reaction was cooled and the solid was collected by filtration to provide compound 34c. 77 Example 15 Preparation of N-f6-(4-fluorophenoxvi-1H-indzole-3-vil-acetamide (38c-1) Figure 15 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 38c having the general Formula VI. In this example, the synthesis of 5 compound 38c-1, where X is oxygen, is described. Step A: 2-Fluoro-4-hydroxybenzonitrile (compound 35c-1; 1.40 g), 2.86 g of 4-fluorophenylboronic acid, 1.86 g of copper (1i) acetate, and 7.20 mL of trietliylamine were dissolved/suspended in 100 mL of anhydrous

CH

2

CI

2 , and 4A molecular sieves were added to this reaction mixture. The 10 reaction mixture was exposed to air through a drying tube and stirred at ambient temperature for 16 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was washed with 10% aqueous NaHSO4, IN aqueous NaOH, and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated under vacuum to give 530 -mg of compound 36c-1. 15 Step B: Compound 36c-1 (208 mg) and 150 pL of anhydrous hydrazine were dissolved in 5 mL of butanol. The reaction mixture was heated to reflux under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen for 15 hours, then cooled to ambient temperature, concentrated under vacuum and triturated with ethyl ether. The resulting pink solid, compound 37c-1, was collected via 20 filtration, washed with ethyl ether, and then air-dried. Step C: Compound 37c-1 (97 mg) and 40 pL of acetic anhydride were suspended/dissolved in dichloroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The reaction mixture was heated to 60 0 C for about I hour, then cooled to room temperature and stirred for 12 hours. The white precipitate, compound 25 38c-1, was collected by suction filtration and then air-dried. Example 16 Preparation of 2-[6-(4-fluorophenox)-1 H-indazol-3-yll-isoindole-1.3-dione (39c) Figure 16 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 39c having the general Formula V. 30 Step A: Compound 37c-1, prepared according to Example 15, was 78 dissolved in I mL of borane in THF (1.0 M) under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. The solution was heated to 60 0 C for about 2.hours, then cooled to room temperature and quenched by the slow addition of methanol (3 mL). The reaction mixture was concentrated under vacuum, and the resulting. 5 residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 3:1 CH 2 CI2/EtOAc to provide compound 37c-1. Step B: Compound 37c-1 (660 mg) and 654 mg of N carboethoxyphthalimide were suspended/dissolved in 15 mL of dichioroethane under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen at room temperature for io about 13 hours. After about 20 minutes the reaction mixture was heated to 650 C for about 5.5 hours, after-which it was cooled to room temperature and filtered. The white precipitate, compound 39c, was washed with dikhloroethane and then air-dried. Example 17 15 Preparation of 3-(1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-vll-6-(4-fluorophenoxy)-i H-indazole (40c) Figure 17 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 40c having the general Formula VI. Compound 39c (25 mg), prepared according to Example 16, was suspended in I mL of anhydrous THF under an atmosphere of dry nitrogen. To this solution was added 1..0 mL of a 1.0 M 20 ' solution of BH 3 in THF. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for about 1 hour, and theo heated to reflux for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was then cooled to room temperature and 2.0 mL of methanol was carefully added. The mixture was stirred for about 10 minutes and then concentrated under vacuum.. The resulting residue Was purified on a Biotage column to 25 give 5 mg of compound 40c. Example 18 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenylsulfanyl)-1 -H-indazole (4d) Figure 18 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4d having the general Formula VII. 30 Step A: A mixture of 6-iodo-1H-indazole (compound Id) in CH 3 CN (11 79 mL) was treated with triethylamine and dirmethylaminopyridine. After cooling to 0"C, a solution of di-tert-butyl dicarbonate (BOC anhydride) in CH 3 CN (10 mL) was added dropwise. After stirring at room temperature for 3 hours, the reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the resulting residue was s partitioned between H 2 0 and ether. The pH was adjusted to 2 with I N HCI and the organic phase was separated, dried (Na2sO 4 ), filtered and concentrated in vacuum to provide compound 2d as an oil. Step B: A mixture of compound 2d in DMF (25 mL) was treated with 5N KOH, Cu powder, and ArSH. In this example,-ArSH was 4 10 fluorothiophenol. The reaction mixture was heated at 110*C for 48 hours, then cooled to room temperature, concentrated in vacuum, acidified with IN HC, and extracted into CH 2 C1 2 . The organic layer was filtered through I PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 100% CH 2

CI

2 , 5% Et 2

O/CH

2 Ci 2 , and then 10% 15 Et 2

O/CH

2

CI

2 to provide compound 4d. Example 19 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenvlsulfanyl)-1-isopropl-1 H-indazole (5d-1) Figure 19 shows the reaction-scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 5d having the general Formula VI11. In this 20 example, the synthesis of compound 5d-1, where R is isopropyl, is described. .A'solution of compound 4d, prepared according to Example 18, in THF (1 mL) was treated with powdered KOH followed by the addition of 18-crown 6 and RI. In this example, RI was isopropyl iodide. The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The 25 reaction mixtdre was then diluted with CH 2

C

2 and filtered, the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum, and the residue was diluted with CH 2 C1 2 . The organic layer was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCOs, filtered through I PS paper, and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 5d-1 30 as a yellow oil. 80 Example 20 Preparation of 5-iodo-1-(4-methoxvbenyl)-1H-indazole (8d-1) Figure 20 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 8d. In this example, the synthesis of compound 8d-1, where Ar1 is 4 5 methoxyphenyl, is described. Step A: A suspension of 5-aminoindazole (compound 6d) in 6M HCI (150 mL) was cooled to 00C and treated dropwise with a solution of NaNO 2 in water-(15 mL). After stirring at 0 *C for 30 minutes, the reaction mixture was added to a cold solution of KI in water (105 mL). The mixture was allowed to 10 warm to room temperature and stirring was- continued at room temperature for 18 hours. The mixture was quenched with 10% Na 2 S20 3 and extracted with Et 2 O. The biphasic mixture was filtered and the insoluble solids were washed with water and dried in vacuum overnight. The organic phase was separated and further washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , water, filtered through 15 iPS paper, evaporated in vacuum to a pink residue. Step B: A. solution of compound Id in DMF was treated with K 2 C0 3 , followed by the addition of a substituted or unsubstituted benzyl halide at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, the benzyl halide was benzyl chloride. The. mixture was heated at 100 0C for 48 hours in 20 a nitrogen atmosphere. The mixture was treated with 0.2 equivalents of Nal (123 mg) and heating was continued for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuum and the residue taken up in CH 2 Cl 2 and IN HCl. The organic layer was separated, washed with aqueous saturated NaHCO 3 , and concentrated to afford an oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, 25 eluting with a gradient of 3:1 hexane/Et 2 O to 3:2 hexane/Et20, to provide compound 8d-1. Example 21' Preparation of 5-(4-fluorobenzenesulfonyl)-1 -(4-methoxybenzy)f-1 H-indazole (1 Od-1) 30 Figure 21 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 1 Od having the general Formula IX. In this example, the synthesis of 81 compound I Od-1, where Ar is 4-methoxyphenyl and Ar 2 is 4-fluorophenyl, is described. Step A: A mixture of compound 8d, 5 N KOH, copper powder, and Ar 2 SH in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 18 hours. 5 In this example, Ar 2 SH was 4-fluorothiophenol. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with I N HCI, and extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified orr a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 9d. 10 Step B: A solution of compound 9d in acetone (0.2 mL) containing MgSO4 was treated with a solution of NalO 4 and KMnO 4 in water (0.2 mL) and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then treated with aqueous sodium bisulfite, and extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and 15 concentrated in vacuum to provide 2.1 mg of compound 1Od as a yellow oil. Example 22 Preparation of.5-(4-fluorobenzenesulfinyl)-I-(4-methoxvbenzvl)-1H)-indazole (1ld-1) Figure 22 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 20 11 d-1 having the general Formula VJIL. A solution of compound 9d-1, prepared according to Example 21, in 1:1 water/acetonitrile was treated with NalO 4 and the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was then filtered, and the filtrate, was concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was partitioned between water and CH 2

CI

2 . 25 The organic layer was separated, filtered -through I PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 4:1, 2:1, and 1:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 11d-1. Example 23 Preparation of 1 -benzenesulfonvl-5-(4-f(uorophenvlsufanyl)-1 H-indazole (13d) 30 Figure 23 shows the reaction scheme for the preparation of compound' 13d having the general Formula VII. 82 Step A: A solution of 5-iodoindazole (compound 1 d) in pyridine was treated with benzenesulfonyl chloride at room temperature for 18 hours under a nitrogen atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuum and the residue was taken up in CH 2 C1 2 and IN HCI. The organic layer was 5 separated, filtered through I PS filter paper, and concentrated in vacuum. The resulting residue was purified on a Biotage column eluting with 5:1 hexane E20 to provide compound 12d. Step B: A mixture of compound 12d,.5N KOH, copper powder, and 4 fluorothiphenol in a solution of water and DMF was heated at reflux for about 1o . 18 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, acidified with I N HCI, and extracted with CH 2 C1 2 . The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuum, and the resulting residue was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 13d. 15 Example 24 Preparation of 3-chloro-6-phenoxybenzordlisoxazole (Be-1) Figure 24 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 86 having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of compound 8e-1, where Ar2 is phenyl, is described. 20 - Step A: A solution of 4-fluoro-2-hydroxybenzoic acid (compound 1e) in MeOH was sloWly treated with concentrated H 2 S0 4 and then heated at reflux for 12 days. The reaction mixture was then concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil, and the oil was taken up in CH 2 U6 2 . The organic layer'was washed with saturated aqueous NaHCO 3 , brine, and water, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and 25 concentrated in vacuum to provide 12.7 g of compound 2e as gn amber oil. Step B: A solution of compound 2e, K 2 C0 3 , and benzyl chloride in DMF (200 mL) was heated at 950 C for 18 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was concentrated in vacuum to a yellow oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 7:2 hexane/EtOAc to provide 19.4 g 30 of compound 3e as a clear oil. 83 Step C: A solution of compound 3e in DMSO (2 mL) was treated with

K

2

CO

3 , followed by the addition of Ar 2 OH at room temperature in a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, Ar 2 OH was phenol. The mixture was heated at 90"C for 3 days in a nitrogen atmosphere. Water (1 mL) was slowly added, 5 and the product extracted with EtOAc. The aqueous layer was separated and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic extracts were washed with brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated in vacuum to a dark oil. The oil was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 6:1 hexane/Et 2 0, to provide compound 4e-1 as a clear oil. 10 Step D: A 1.0 M solution of compound 4e-1 in MeOH (30 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with 20% .Pd(OH) 2 1C (15%/6 wt. = 297 mg). The reaction mixture was purged with additional nitrogen and then stirred at room temperature for 2 days under hydrogen. The catalyst was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The filtrate was evaporated in vacuum to a clear oil, 15 which was purified on a Biotage column, eluting with 5% Et 2 O/hexane, to provide compound 5e-1 as a clear oil. Step E: 3M NaOH (9 mL) was added to a solution of NH 2 OH-HCI in water (14 mL), followed by addition of a solution of compound 5e-1 in dioxane (10 mL). The cloudy mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours in 20. a nitrogen atmosphere. The resulting clear mixture was cooled in an ice bath, acidified with 2M HCI, and extracted with EtOAc. The combined organic layers were washed with brine, filtered through I PS paper and evaporated in vacuum to provide 235 mg of a beige solid. This solid was triturated in 4:1. hexane/EtOAc, and the resulting white solid, compound 6e-1, was collected 25 by filtration. Step F: A solution of carbonyldilmidazole in THF was added to a refluxing solution of compound 6e-1 in THF, and refluxing was continued for 18 hours. The mixture was then concentrated in vacuum, diluted with water, acidified with 1 N HCI and extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was 30 filtered through I PS paper, and evaporated in vacuum to provide compound 7e-1 as a pale yellow solid or foam. 84 Step G: A suspension of compound 7e-I in POC 3 was treated with triethylamine at room temperature, and the mixture was heated at 110*C for 6 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and poured into a beaker containing ice water. The product was extracted with CH9Cl 2 , filtered -5 through 1 PS paper and evaporated in vacuum to provide 10 mg of compound 8e-1 as an amber oil. Example 25 Preparation of 3,6-diphenoxy-benzoFdlisoxazole (9e-1) Figure 25 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 10 9e having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of compound 9e-1, where Ar is phenyl and Ar2 is phenyl, is described. A solution of compound 8e-1, prepared according to Example 24, In DMF (1 mL) was added to a mixture of NaH and phenol (1 mL) in DMF. The reaction mixture was heated at 11 0*C for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuum is and the residue was partitioned between IN HCI and CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was separated and filtered through 1 PS paper. Evaporate of the solvent afforded a brown oil, which was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/Et 2 O to provide compound 9e-1 as a clear oil that solidified to long white needles. 20 Example 26 Preparation of (4-methoxy-phenyl)-(6-phenoxy-benzolidlisoxazol3i-3-amirfe (10e-1) Figure 26 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 10 e having the general Formula V. In this example, the synthesis of 25 compound 1Oe-I, where Ar' is 4-methoxyphenyl and Ar 2 is phenyl, is described. A solution of Ar'NH 2 .in THF was cooled to -78* C and treated with n-buty lithium under a nitrogen atmosphere. In this example, Ar1NH2 was aniline. After stirring at -78* C for 20 minutes, a solution of compound 8e-1,. prepared according to Example 25, in THF. was. added under nitrogen. The 30 mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature, then quenched with aqueous saturated NH4CI extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The organic layer was 85 washed with IN HCI and water, filtered through I PS paper, concentrated in vacuum and purified on a SepPak cartridge eluting with 4:1 hexane/ Et 2 0 to provide compound 1Oe-1 as a yellow oil. Example 27 5 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)(1 -isobutyl-I H-indazol-5-yl)methanone oxime (7f-1) Figure 27 shows the synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7f having the general Formula XII. In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-1, where R1 is isobutyl, R 2 is H, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is io described. Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97.g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous. acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0*C. 4-Bromo-2-methyl aniline (compound If, 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCI (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially 15 added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0* C, and then NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 00 C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was 20 suspended in 500 mL of CHCl 3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown 6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-1H-indazole.(2f) as a tan solid. The crude material 25. was used without further purification. Step B: Crude compound 2f (100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 C0 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2-methylpropane'(16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120*C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and 30 concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2 C1 2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers 86 were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude. The crude was purified by chromatography (1:9 to 1:4 etherihexanes) to 5 provide 12.87 g of compound 3f-1 as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for Steps A and B. 'MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and-255 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz,

CDC

3 ) 6 7.93 (s, IH), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.43 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (rn, 2H), 2.33 (m, IH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Step C: Compound 3f-I (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 1o mL of ether and cooled to -780 C. To the solution was added t-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at 780 C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 pL, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78"C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers 15 were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted several times with

CH

2

C

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ather/hexanes to provide compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid (104.5 mg, 69.1% yi.eld). MS ESI (+) m/z 317 (M+1) 20 detected. 'H-NMR-(400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 7.96 (s, IH), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, IH), 7.40 - 7.35 (m, 2H),:6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (n, I-H), 6.22 (m, IH), 4:15 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Step D: Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), triacetoxyperiodinane (445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of CH 2 C1 2 were stirred for 2 hours at room 25 temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated

K

2 C0 3 solution and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and-concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg 30 of compound 5f-1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 315 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 8 8.16 (s, 1H), 8.11 (s, 1H), 87 7.99 (m, I H), 7.60 (m, 1H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.03 (m, I H), 6.94 (M, 1 H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, IH), 0.95 (m, -6H). Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-I (96.7 mg, 0.308 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (compound 6f-1; 213.8 mg, 3.076 mmol), and 5 mL of 5 pyridine was stirred at room temperature for 65 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in 20 mL of

CH

2 Cl 2 . A white solid precipitated, and the mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with IN HCI. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced 10 pressure and purified by chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 66.5 mg of compound 7f-1 as a pale yellow foamy solid (65.5% yield), which was a 1:4 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 330 (M+1) detected. Example 28 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenvl)-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-yl) 15 methanone O-ethyl-oxime (7f-3) In this example, the synthesis of compound.7f-3 having the'general Formula XJI as shown.in Figure 27, where R 1 is isobutyl, R 2 is ethyl, and Ar is .2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Compound 5f where R' is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl was prepared according to Steps A-D of Example 27. A 20 mixture of a compound 5f (43.3 mg, 0.138 mmol), O-ethyl-hydroxylamine-HCI salt (53.8 mg,.0.551 mmol), and 2.mL of dry pyridine was stirred-at-room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 90 hours at room temperature. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue were added 2 mL of water and 2 mL of CH 2

CI

2 . The layers were separated and the 25 aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCI (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ethIr/hexanes to provide 21.2 mg of compound 7f-3 as an oil (43.1% yield), which was a 1:9 mixture of isomers. 88 Example 29 Preparation of {2-[(2,4-difluorophenylk(1-Isobutvl-lH-indazol-5-vl) methyleneaminooxy-ethyl}-carbamic acid tert-butyi ester (7f-5) In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-5 having the general 5 Formula XlI as shown in Figure 27, where R is isobutyl, R 2 is CH 2

CH

2 NHBoc, and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Compound 5f, where R1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl was prepared according to steps A-D of Example 27. A mixture of compound 5f (50 mg, 0.159 mmol), (2-aminooxyethyl) carbamic acid tert-butyl ester prepared as described in Example 30 (112 mg, 10 0.636 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and a drop of 6N HCI-MeOH (1:1 mixture of concentrated HCI and MeOH by volume) was stirred at room temperature for 64 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes yielding 63.9% yield of compound 7f-5. 15 Example 30 Preparation of (2-aminooxy-ethyl)-carbamic acid t-butyl ester Figure 28 shows the reaction scheme for the synthesis of (2-aminooxy ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester. Step A: A mixture of (2-bromo-ethyl)-carbamic acid .t-butyl ester (2.77 20 g, 12.39 mmnol), N-hydroxyphthalimide (2.02 g, 12.39 mmol), TEA (5.18 mL, 37.16 mmol) and 25 mL of DMF was stirred at roorn temperature for 64 hours. The mixture was diluted with 100 mL of water. A white solid precipitated and was collected by filtration. The solid-was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (50 mL) and the solution was washed with IN HCI (20 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (20 mL) water 25 (20 mL), and brine (20 mL). The solution was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through-Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure:to provide 0.842 g of a white solid (22% yield). Step B: [2-(1,3:-dioxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yloxy)-ethyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (0.842 g, 2.749 mmol) was dissolved in 20 ml'of CH 2 Cl 2 and 30 methylhydrazine (150 pL, 2.776 mmol) was added at room temperature. As soon as methylhydrazine was added, a white precipitate was formed. The 89 reaction was stirred at room temperature for 72 hours. The reaction mixture was filtered and the filtrate Was concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 0.496 g of a viscous oil (102% yield). The crude material was used without further purification. 5 Example 31 Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vl)-methanone oxime - (7f-2) In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-2 having the general Formula Xl as shown in Figure 27, where R 1 is isobutyl, R 2 is H, and Ar is 4 io fluorophenyl is described. Steps A and B: Compound 3f was prepared as described in steps A and B of Example 27.. Step C: Compound 3f-2 (616.3 mg, 2.436 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of ether and cooled to -78* C. To the solution was added t- BuLi (1.70 M 15 in pentane, 2.94 mL) dropwise. After the addition of t-BuLi, the mixture was stirred for 30 minutes at -78* C. 4-fluorobenzaldehyde (290 pL, 2.678 mmol) was added dropwise at -78" C. The mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with CH 2

CI

2 and the combined extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , 20 filtered through Celite, and concentrated to provide 750 mg of compound 4f-2 as a tan, solid. The solid was purified by chromatography with 1 ' ether/hexanes to provide 554 mg of compound 4f-2 as a light brown solid (76.3 % yield). Step D: Compound 4f-2 (100.6 mg, 0.337 mmol) was dissolved in 10 25 mL of CH 2 Cl 2 and "Dess Martin periodinane" (triabetoxyperiodinane; 150.2 mg, 0.354 mmol) was added to the solution. The mixture became turbid after 25 minutes at room temperature. The reaction was stirred an additional 30 minutes -at room temperature and was transferred fo a separatory funnel. The mixture was diluted with 30 mL of CH 2 C1 2 and washed with saturated 30 NaHCO3. A yellow insoluble solid was formed between the organic and aqueous layers and was removed. The organic layer was dried over 90 anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 5f-2 as an oil in 85.4 % yield. Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-2 (41.6 mg, 0.140 mmol) and 5 hydroxylamine hydrochloride (20.0 mg, 0.281 mmol) in i mL of pyridine was stirred overnight at room temperature. After one day, an HPLC trace showed about 50% conversion. An additional 5 equivalents of NH 2 OH-HCI were added and the reaction was stirred for 72 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was purified by chromatography with 1:2 10 ether/hexanes, to provide 31.4 mg of compound 7f-2 (71.8% yield) as a 1:2 mixture of isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 312 (M+1) detected. Example 32 Preparation of (4-fluorophenl)-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanone O-ethyl-oxime (7f-4) 15 In- this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-4 having the general Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where RI is isobutyl, R 2 is ethyl, and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-D: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31.. 20 Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-2 (51.2 mg, 0.173 mmol), 0-ethyl hydroxylamine-HCI (67.4 mg, 0.691 mmol), and 2 mL of dry pyridine was stirred at room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 90 hrs at room temperature. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. To the residue was added 2 mL of water and 2-mL of CH 2 Cl 2 . The layers were 25 separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCl (20 mL), dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 47.1'mg of compound 7f-4 as an oil (80.3 % yield), which was a 1:2 mixture of 30 isomers. MS ESI (+) m/z 340 (M+1) detected. 91 Example 33 Preparation of {2-[(4-fluorophenl-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vi) methyleneaminooxyl-ethyl-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (7f-6) In this example, the synthesis of compound 7f-6 having the general 5 Formula XII as shown in Figure 27, where R' is isobutyl, R 2 isCH 2

CH

2 NHBoc, and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-D: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in steps A-D of Example 31. Step E: A mixture of compound 5f-2, (2-aminooxyethyl)-carbamic acid io tert-butyl ester prepared as described in Example 30 (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and a drop of 6N HCI/MeOH (1:1 mixture of concentrated HCI and MeOH by volume) was stirred at room temperature for 39 hours. Excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 65.6 mg (85.5% 15 yield) of compound 7f-6 as pale yellow oil. 'H-NMR showed that compound 7f-6 was a 1:1.8 ratio of isomers. Example 34 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenvl-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yi)-methanone O benzyl-oxime (7f-7) 20 The synthesis of compound 7f-7 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f was prepared as described in Example 27. Step B: Compound 5f (76.9 mg, 0.244 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of pyridine and O-benzylhydrox lamine hydrochloride (0.195 g, 1.22 mmol) was 25 added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated Under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in CH 2

C

2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton and purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 0.069 g of compound 7f-7 as d 1:4 mixture of E and Z-isomers (67.2 % yield). MS (ESI+) rm/z 420 30 (M+H) detected. 92 - Example 35 PreDaration of (2,4-difluoropheni)-(1-isobutyl-1 H-indazoi-5-vl-methanone 0 (2-aminoethyl)-oxime (7f-8) The synthesis of compound 7f-8 having the general Formula XI is 5 shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 7f-5 was prepared as described in Example 29. Step B: Compound 7f-5 (32.3 mg, 0.0656 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of 1:1 mixture of CH 2

CI

2 : TFA and the mixture was stirred for 0.5 hours at room temperature. The entire mixture was concentrated under reduced 1o pressure and dried under high vacuum overnight. The residue.was dissolved in 5 mL of CH 2

C

2 and washed with saturated K 2 C0 3 . The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 18.6 mg of compound 7f-8 as an oil (76.1% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 3-73 (M+H) detected. 15 Example 36 Preparation of (4-fluorophenyli)-( -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yi)-methanone 0 methyl-oxime (7f-9) The synthesis of compound 7f-9 having the general Formula XI1 is shown in Figure 27. 20 Step A: Compound 5f-2 was prepared as described in Example 31. Step B: Compound 5f-2 was dissolved ethyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (120 mg, 0.675 mmol), pyridine (1.5 mL), and one drop in 2 mL of pyridine and MeONH 2 -HCI was added. The mixture was.stirred at room temperature for 2 days and concentrated under reduced pressure. The 25 residue was suspended in CH 2 C1 2 and the suspension was filtered through a plug of cotton -and purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 33.5 mg of fraction 1, 1.0 mg of fraction 2, and 17.7 mg of a mixed fraction, totaling 52.2 mg of compound 7f-9 (58% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 344 (M+H) detected: 30 93 Example 37 Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-v1)-methanone 0-(2 aminoethyl)-oxime (7f-10) The synthesis of compound 7f-10 having the general Formula X11 is 5 shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 7f-6 was prepared as described in Example 33. Step B: Compound 7f-6 (50.5 mg, 0.107 mmol) was dissolved in 4 mL of

CH

2 Cl 2 and trifluoroacetic acid (4 mL) was added to the solution. After 0.5 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and io dried under high vacuum overnight. The oil was dissolved in 10 mL of CH 2

CI

2 and washed with saturated K 2 C 0 3 solution. The organic layer was dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 34.9 mg of compound 7f-10 as an oil comprising a 1:2 mixture of isomers (88.6% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected. 15 Example 38 Preparation of 2.4-difluorophenyl)-(1 -methyl-1 H-indazol-5-vl)-methanone 0 methyl oxime (7f-1 I The synthesis of compound 7f-1 I having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. 20 Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 74. Step B: Compound 9f-1 (622 mg, 2.409 mmol),'K 2 C0 3 (499 mg, 1.50 equivalents), and DMF (10 mL) were placed in a Schienk tube. lodomethane (225 pL, 1.50 equivalents) was added and the tube was sealed. The tube was hea-tei to I 00"C. After 23 hours at 1 00"C, the mixture was cooled to 25 room temperature and unsealed. The mixture was transferred to round bottomed flask and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was quenched with water and CH 2 Cl 2 and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined organic extracts were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced 30 pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 176 mg of compound 5f-13 as a yellow solid (26.9% 94 yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 273 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 5f-13 (0.040 g, 0.147 mmol) and methoxylamine HCI salt (0.123 g, 1.47 mmol) were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial.was sealed and heated to 50 0 C. After 5 18'hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCI and saturated NaHCOs, dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 10 0.033 g of compound 7f-1 1 (74.6% yield) as a viscous oil comprising a 1:9 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 302 (M+H) detected. Example 39 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)-[1-(2,2.2-trifluoroethl)-1H-indazol-5-vll methanone oxime (7f-12) 15 The synthesis of compound 7f-12 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f- 1 was prepared as described in Example 74. Step B: Compound 5f-1 1, hydroxylamine-HCI (0.051 g 0.735 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine was placed in a vial and the mixture was heated to 50 0 C. 20 After 14.5 hours pyridine was removed underreduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 and water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with I N HCf and saturated NaHCO3, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The 25 residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 22.9 mg (87.7 % yield) of compound 7f-12 as a white foam comprising a 1:4 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 356 (M+H) detected. 'Example 40 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)-l-(2,2.2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yll 30 methanone O-methyl oxime (7f-13) The synthesis of compound -7f-1 3 having the general Formula XII is 95 shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f-1 I was prepared as described in Example 74. Step B: Compound 5f-1 1 (0.023 g, 0.067 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.056 g, 0.676 mmol), and I mL of pyridine were placed in a vial and the 5 mixture was heated to 50*C. After 14.5 hours the pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

C

2 . The combined extracts were washed with I N HCI and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under io reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 19.6 mg of compound 7f-13 (78.5% gield) as a white foam comprising a 1:4 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 370 (M+H) detected. Example 41 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)-(1 -methanesulfonvl-1 H-indazol-5-yl) 15 methanone oxime (7f-14) The synthesis of compound 7f-14 having the general Formula X11 is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13. Step B: Compound 9f-1 (258 mg, 1.00 mmol) was dissolved in 5 mL of 20 pyridine and methanesulfonyl chloride (81 pL, 1.05 mmol) was added. After 15 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water was added to the residue. The aqueous mixture was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined extracts were washed with I 'N HCI and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced 25 pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 238.1 mg of compound 5f-14 as a white solid (70.8% overall yield). "H NMR (400 MHz, CDCla) 6 8.38 (s, IH), 8.23 (s, IH), 8.18 (d, 1H), 8.07 (d, 1-H), 7.66 (q, IH), 7.06 (t, IH), 6.95 (t, IH), 3.36 (s, 3H). Step C: Compound 5f-14 (0.060 g, 0.177 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI 30 (0.123 g, 1.77 mmol), and I mL of pyridine was place in a vial and the mixture 96 was heated to 50*C. After 26 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCI and saturated NaHC0 3 , dried 5 over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 2:1 ether/hexanes. The compound was dissolved in MeOH-CH 2

C

2 mixture and loaded to the column yielding 37.4 mg (60.0 % yield) of compound 7f-14 as a white powder comprising a 1:2 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 352 (M+H) detected. 10 Example 42 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenvl)-(1-methanesulfonyl-1H-indazol-5-yi) methanone O-methyl oxime (7f-15) The synthesis of compound 7f-15 having the general Formula X11 is shown in Figure 27. 15 Step A: Compound 5f-14 was prepared as described in Example 41. Step B: Compound 5f-14 (0.060-g, 0.250 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI, (0.209 g, 2.50 mmol), and 1 mL of pyridine Were placed in a vial and the mixture -was heated to 500C. After 26.5 hours excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with CH 2

CI

2 and water. The 20 layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined extracts were washed with I N~HCI and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celife, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 44.8 mg of 7f-1 5 as a white solid comprising a 1:4 mixture 25 of isomers (49% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 366 (M+H) detected. Exaniple 43 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenvi)-(1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanone 0-methyl oxime (7f-1 6) The synthesis of compound 7f-16 having the general Formula XIl is 30 shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 13. 97 Step B: Compound 9-1 and methoxylamine HCI salt were placed in a 5 mL reaction vial and 1 mL of pyridine was added. The reaction vial was sealed and heated to 50*C. After 18 hours, excess pyridine was removed under reduced pressure and water (10 mL) was added to the residue. The 5 aqueous mixture was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with I N HCI (20 mL) and saturated NaHCO 3 (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 33.0 mg (74.6% yield) of compound 7f-16 as a viscous oil comprising 10 a 1:4 mixture of isomers. MS (ESI+) m/z 288 (M+H) detected. Example 44 Preparation of (1 -allyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-(2,4-difluorophenvl)-methanone oxime (7f-17) The synthesis of compound 7f-1 7 having the general Formula X is is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 9f-1.was prepared as described in Example 13. Step B: Compound 9-1 (0.516 g, 2.00 mmol), K 2

CO

3 (0.0415 g, 3.00. mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363, 3.00 mmol were added to a Schienk type tube. The tube was sealed and heated to 100*C. After 19 hours 20 the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL '.X 3). The combined supernatant solution Was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under 25- reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 142.1 mg (23.8 % yield) of compound 5f-12. MS (ESI+) m/z 299 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), hydroxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and pyridine (1 mL) were placed In a reaction vial and 30 the mixture was heated to 500C. After 21.5 hours the reaction was transferred to a separatory funnel and water (10 mL) was added. The mixture was 98 extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were washed with 1 N HCI (20 mL) and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 23.1 mg (81.6 % yield) of 5 compound 7f-17 as a foamy solid comprising a 1:3 mixture of isomers. .MS (ESI+) m/z 356 (M+H) detected. Example 45 Preparation of (1-allvl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-(2.4-difluorophenyl)-methanone 0 methyl oxime (7f- 8) 10 The synthesis of compound 7f-18 having the general Formula XII is shown in Figure 27. Step A: Compound 5f-1 2 was prepared as described in Example 44. Step B: Compound 5f-12 (0.027 g, 0.090 mmol), methoxylamine-HCI (0.063 g, 0.90 mmol), and -pyridine (1 mL) were placed in a reaction vial and 15 the mixture was heated to 50*C. After 21.5 hours the reaction mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and water.(1 0 mL) was added. The mixture was extracted with CH 2 C1 2 . The combined extracts were washed with I N HCI and saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by 20 chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 24.7 mg (83.1 % yield) of compound 7f-18 as an oil comprising a 1:3-mixture of isomers. MS (ESi+) m/z 328 (M+H) detected. Examples 46-61 describe the synthesis of amide compound of this invention having the generic Formula XIlI. Figure 29 shows the reaction 25 scheme for the synthesis compounds having the generic structure Ig. Example 46 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid amide (10-1) Step A I -Fluoro-3-methyl-benzene (compound I g; 18.7 g, 170 mmol) 30 was added to a three neck 500 mL flask and cooled to -78"C. Next, solution of potassium t-butoxide (11.0 g, 170 mmol) in THF was added slowly by 99 syringe. After 10 minutes, t-BuLi (19.0 g, 170 mmol) in pentane was added slowly by cannula under nitrogen to the reaction. After 2.5 hours of stirring, the reaction was quenched with large amount of crushed fresh dry ice, taken off the -78*C bath and manually stirred with a metal spatula to turn the dark 5 brown material into a much lighter yellow slurry. After 20 minutes of mixing by hand, about 500 mL of water were added and reaction mixture was stirred. The reaction mixture was then washed with Et 2 0 and then acidified with 6 N HCI to pH less than 3 and extracted with Et 2 0. The organic was washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 filtered and concentrated to yield 10 gm (45% yield) 10 of compound 2g. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI,) 8 7.90 (t, 1H), 7.04 (d, 1H), 6.97 (d, I H), 2.39 (s, 3H). Step B: Compound 2g (8.0 g, 52 mmol) was added to a 500 mL flask and cooled to salt water ice bath temp. H 2

SO

4 (150 mL) was added and the mixture sfirred. Next, a mixture of freshly prepared H 2

SO

4 (6.11 g, 62.3 is mmol) and HNO 3 (5.2 g, 83 mmol) was dripped into the reaction mixture over 10 minutes. After 3 hours at 0"C, the reaction was complete and was added to 1500 ml of ice/ice water and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction was filtered and rinsed severaitimes wifh cold water and dried under high vacuum, yielding 8 g (80 %~yield) of compound 3g. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 8 8.74 20 (d, IH), 7.20 (d, IH), 2.69 (s, 3H). Step C: Cornpound 3g (8 g, 40.0 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH and

H

2

SO

4 (20.0 g, 201 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was heated to 65*C for 20 hours. The reaction was concentrated, diluted with ice and water; sonicated, filtered, rinsed several times with cold water and dried on high 25- vacuum for 2days. The crude was material, compound 4g, was used directly in the next step. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCIs) 8 8.66 (d, I H), 7.01 (d, I H), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H). Step D: Compound 4g (5.4 g, 41 mmol) was added to THF and cooled to 0*C. To this was added 4-fluorophenol (5.1g, 45 mmol). Next, NaH (60% 30 in oils) (1.8 g, 45 mmol) was added in portions. After 1. hour, the reaction warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 more hours. The reaction was 100 -concentrated and quenched with a large excess of 0:5 N Na 2

CO

3 to pH 7.0. The reaction was sonicated for 30 minutes, filtered, and rinsed with more buffer and H 2 0. The reaction was dried on high vacuum for 1' hour, then added to THF and MgSO 4 to dry, was filtered and evaporated to yield. s approximately 8 g (75% yield) of compound 5g. 'H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO d6) & 8.66 (d, IH), 7.01 (d, IH), 3.95 (s, 3H), 2.68 (s, 3H). Step E: Compound 5g (10.0 g, 33.0 mmol) and zinc (11.0 g, 164 mmol) were added to methanol and stirred. Acetic acid (4.0 g, 66 mmol) was slowly added. The reaction was stirred overnight, sonicated and passed through 10 Celite. Solution was concentrated to yield approximately 14 g of compound 6g and zinc by-products. The crude material. was taken on to the next step. Step F: Compound 6g (9.0 g, 33.0 mmol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (6.0 g, 65 mmol), and HCI (17,0 g, 163 mniol), were added to 200 mL of AcOHIH 2 O (2:1) and sonicated. The material was scraped off the-sides of 15 'round bottom and NaNO 2 (2.7 g, 3 mmol) was added. The reaction was sonicated for 10 minutes turning dark brown while the appearance of a new precipitate formed (product salt). The reaction was allowed to stir for 4 hours. The reaction was concentrated on a speed vacuum at 65 0 C, then taken up in toluene and evaporated to dryness. The crude material, compound 7g, was 20 taken directly on to the next step without any workup. Step G: Compound 7g (11.0 g, 31 mmol), potassiur'acetate (5.' g,.53 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (0.1 equivalents) were added to chloroform and sonicated for 10 minutes. The reaction ran overnight at room temperature. A column was packed in a 1000 mL filter flask consisting of approximately 2 25 inches of silica gel, 2 inches of Celite layered on top or the silica gel, a sheet of filter paper on top of the Celite, and one half inch of sand on top of the filter paper. The column was washed with CHCl 3 . The crude material was loaded onto the column directly in CHCl 3 ,. and the column was eluted with CHC13 until a large amount of yellow material came off. Next, the product was eluted from 30 the column with ethyl adetate and the ethyl acetate collections were pooled and concentrated to give around 7 g (95 % yield) of compound.8g. MS (ESI+) 101 m/z 287 (M+H) detected. Step H: Compound 8g (0.250 g, 0.87 mmol), was added to dry DMF, and to this was added isobutyl bromide (0.15 mL, 1.2 mmol), and K 2 C0 3 (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol). This reaction mixture was then played in a septum covered vial 5 and stirred at 95"C overnight. The material was purified by column chromatography with 1:1 diethyl ether/hexanes to provide 0.1 g (33% yield) of compound 9g-1. MS (ESI+) mlz 343 (M+H) detected. Step 1: Compound 9g-1 (0.100 g, 0.292 mmol) was placed in a 1:1 mixture of I N LIOH/THF and stirred at 550C. After 4 hours, the THF was 10 evaporated and I N HCI was added. The reaction mixture was sonicated and filtered to isolate around 0.075 g (78 % yield) of compound 1 Og as a pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 329 (M+H) detected. Step J: A solution of compound 10g (20 mg, 0.061 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was treated with CDI (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under 15 nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 0.5 M NH 4 in dioxane (0.11 mL, 0.67 mmol). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the mixture was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with CH 2 Cl 2 - 5% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 to provide 2.2 mg of compound 11g-I as an oil in 12% yield. 1H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 8 8.01 20 (s, IH), 7.99 (s, IH), 7.73 (s, 1H), 7.57 (s, 1H), 7.26 (s, IH), 7.20 (m, 2H), 7.05 (m, 2H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 2.24 (m, I H); 0.86 (d, 6H): Example 47 Preparation of [5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yll momholin-4-yl-methanone (1 Iq-2) 25 A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 1 Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with morpholine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was 30 allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2 Cl 2 to MeOH/ CH 2

CI

2 to provide 102 compound 11g-2 as an oil in 93% yield. Example 48 Preparation of [5-(4-fluorophenoxv)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yll (4-methylpiperazin-1 -vl)-methanone (11 -q-3) 5 A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound I Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 1-methyl-piperazine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent io was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak -cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2 Cl 2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2 C1 2 to provide compound I1g-3 as an oil in 95% yield. Example 49 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxvlic acid 15 (1-benzypiperidin-4-yl)-amide (11q-4) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 1 Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THIF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 20 1-benzyl-piperidin-4-yl-amine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2 C1 2 to. provide compound 11 g-4 as an oil in 97% yield. Example 50 25 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-benzylaminoethyl)-amide (11 -5) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 1 Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under 3o nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring at for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N1-benzyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (I equivalent). After an additional 18 103 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2 Cl 2 to MeOH/ CH 2

C

2 to provide compound 11 g-5 as an oil in 100% yield. Example 51 5 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-piperidin-yl-ethyi)-amide (114 -6) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-l -isobuty-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 1og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyidiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under 10 nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 2-piperidin-1-yl-ethylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2

CI

2 to provide compound 11 g-6 as an oil in 100% yield. 15 Example 52 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-pyrrolidin-1 -yl-ethyl)-amide (11q-7) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobuty-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was 20 treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the--reaction was treated with 2-pyrrolidin-1-yl-ethylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2 Ci 2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2 Cl 2 to 25 provide compound 1Ig-7 as an oil in 63% yield. Example 53 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-morpholin-4-vl-propvyl-amide (1 I-8) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy-1 -isobuty-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic 30 acid (compound I Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with. carbonyldilmidazole (1:2 equivalents) at room temperature under 104 nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reactionwas treated with 3-morpholin-4-yl-propylamine (1 equivalent). After an additional 18 hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ ,CH 2 C1 2 to 5 provide compound 11 g-8 as an oil in 70% yield. Example 54 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-amide (11 q-9) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic 10 acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with N-1-dimethyl-propane-1,3-diamine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a 15 Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% OH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/

CH

2 C1 2 to provide compound II g-9 as an oil in 44% yield. Example 55-: Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxv)-1 -isobutvi-i H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amide (11,q-10) 20 A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid compoundd lOg, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with NI-dimethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine; 1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the 25 solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2

CI

2 to provide compound '11g-10 as an oil in 58% yield. Example 56 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-l-isobuty-1 H-indazole-6-carboxvlic acid 30 methyl-(1-methylpiperidin-4-vl)-amide (1iq-1l) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-l -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic 105 acid (compound 1Og, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldlimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After -stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with methyl-(1-methyl-piperidin-4-yl)-amine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional s hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2

CI

2 to provide compound 11 g-1 1 as an oil in 3% yield. Example 57 Preparation of 5-(4-fluotophenoxy)-1 -isobutl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid 10 I3-(methylphenylamino)-propvil-amide (11i-I 2) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbpxylic acid (compound 10g, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was treated with carbonyldlimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 15 NI-Methyl-N1-pheny-propane-1,3-diamine (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2 CI2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2 Cl 2 to provide compound 11 g-12 as an oil in 78% yield.. Example 58 20 Preparation of 3-{[5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbonvll aminol-pyrrolidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (11q-13) A solution of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (compound lOg, prepared as described in Example 46) in THF was . treated with carbonyldiimidazole (1.2 equivalents) at room temperature under 25 nitrogen atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, the reaction was treated with 3-amino-pyrrolidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1 equivalent). After 18 additional hours, the solvent was allowed to slowly evaporate and the residue was purified in a Sep Pak cartridge eluting with a gradient of 100% CH 2

CI

2 to 5% MeOH/ CH 2 Cl 2 to provide compound I Ig-13 as an oil in 94%.yield. 30 106 Example 59 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-(2,22-trifluoroethyl)-l H-indazole-6 carboxylic-acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl) amide (11 q-14) Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. 5 Step B: Compound 8g, 2-bromo-1,1,1-trifluoro-ethane and K 2 C0 3 and DMF were combined and the reaction mixture was stirred overnight at 75*C. Two additional equivalents of 2-bromo-1,1,1 -trifluoroethane were added and the reaction stirred at 90 IC. Several additional equivalents of 2-bromo-1,1,1 trifluoroethane were added and the reaction stirred at 50"C for 72 hours. The 10 reaction was concentrated,.taken up in toluene, and purified by column chromatography elutedd with hexane/Et 2 O), yielding 80 mg (24 % yield) of compound 9g-2. MS (ESI+) m/z 369 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 9g-2 (0.075 g, 0.20 mmol) was placed in a 1:1 mixture of I N LiOH/THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The 15 THF was evaporated and I N HCI was added to the reaction mixture, Which was then sonicated and filtered to isolate approximately 0.070 g (97 % yield) of compound I Og-2 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) detected. Step D: Compound 10g-2 (0.03 g, 0.847 mmol), benzotriazole-1,3-diol (0.022 g, 0.25 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.011 g, 20 0.10 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, N 1 dimethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (0.019 gb.i 0 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated, taken up in dicloromethane, dried under high vacuum and purified by reverse phase HPLC according to method C (see below), yielding 25 mg (56 % yield) of 25 compound I g-14 as the TFA salt. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 8.45 (s, I H), 8.10 (s, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.12 (m, 4H), 5.02 (q, 2H), 3.93 (br, 2H), 3.34 (br, 6H), 2.72 (s, 6H). Example 60 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1 -methyl-I H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2 30 dimethylaminoethy) amide (11-I15) Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. 107 Step B: Compound 8g, lodomethane and K 2 C0 3 were added to DMF and heated to about 75"C. After 48 hours the reaction was filtered to remove the K 2 C0 3 , concentrated, taken up in toluene and purified by column chromatography (eluting with 1:1 Et 2 0/hexane), yielding 70 mg (36.7 % yield) 5 of compound 9g-3. MS (ESI+) m/z 301 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 9g-3 (0.075g, 0.25 mmol) was placed in a 1:1 mixture of I N LIOH I THF and stirred for 18 hours at room temperature. The THF was evaporated and 1 N HCI was added to the reaction mixture, which was then sonicated and filtered to provide approximately 0.060 g (84 % yield) 10 of compound 10g-3 as pure material. MS (ESf+) m/z 287 (M+H) detected. Step D: Compound 10g-3 (0.030 g, 0.105 mmol), benzotriazole-1,3 diol (0.028 g, 0.31 mmol) and (3-dimethylamino-propyl)-ethyl-carbodiimide (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, N 1 -dimethyl-ethane-1,2-diamine (0.024 g, 0.13 mmol) was added and 15 the reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was then concentrated, taken up in dichloroethane, dried under high vacuum and purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method C of Example 86, yielding 25 mg (52 % yield) of compound lg-15 as the TFA salt. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) S 8.44 (br, 1H), 8.21 (s, 1H), 7.85 (s, IH); 7.05 (m, 4H), 4.15 (s, 3H), 3.90 (br, 2H), 20 3.30 (br, 2H), 2.92 (s, 6H). Example 61 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxv)-IH-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2 dimethylaminoethyl) amide (11 -I 6) Step A: Compound 8g was prepared as described in Example 46. 25 Step B: Compound 8g was stirred in TH, one volume equivalent of I N LiOH was added and the reaction stirred at 60 0 C for 6 hours. The reaction was concentrated, quenched with 1 N HCI, cooled, sonicated, filtered and dried to give 0.40 g of compound 1Og-4 (84% pure material). MS (ESI+) m/z 287 (M+H) detected. 30 Step C: Compound I Og-4 (0.030 g, 0.110 mmol), benzotriazole-1,3 diol (0.029 g, 0.33 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide 108 (0.020 g, 0.13 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and stirred for 5 minutes. Next, N-dimethylethane-1,2-diamine (0.025 g, 0.13 mmol) was added and the reaction stirred for 3 hours. The reaction was evaporated, taken up in dichloroethane and dried -under high vacuum and purified- by reversed phase 5 HPLC according to Method B of Example 86, to provide 25 mg (51 % yield) of compound I g-16 as the TFA salt. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 8.45 (br, 1H), 8.22 (s, IH), 7.91 (s, IH), 7.09 (s, IH), 7.06 (m, 3H), 3.85 (br, 2H), 3.20. (br, 2H), 2.90 (s, 6H). Examples 62-67 describe the synthesis of alcohol compounds having 10 the general Formula IX. Figure 30 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of generic compound 4f. Example 62 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenyl)-(i-isobutl-1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanol (4-1) In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-1 as shown in Figure 30, 15 where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0"C. 2-Methyl-4-bromoaniline (compound 1f; 18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCI (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially 20 added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0*C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for I hour at 0*C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high Vacuum. The solid was 25 suspended in 500 mL of CHC1 3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown 6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was -stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-1H-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude 30 material was used without further purification. 109 Step B: The crude 5-bromo-1H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 C0 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo--2 methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120 0 C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to 5 room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2

CI

2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 10 about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by chromatography (1:9 to 1:4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 8 7.93 (s, 1H), 7.87 (m, IH), 7.43 (in, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 7.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, 1H), 15 0.92 (m, 6H). Step C: Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78* C. To the solution was added t-BuLi (1.70. M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 rnmol). The reaction stirred an additional hour at 78* C. 2,6-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 pL, 0.526 mmol) was added at -78* C, 20 the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 25 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 104.5 mg (69.1% yield) compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid. MS ESI (+') m/z 317 (M+1) detected. "H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCIs) 8 7.96 (s, 1 H), 7.73 (s, 1 H), 7.56 (m, I H), 7.40 - 7.35 (m, 2H), 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, IH), 6.22 (m, IH), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). 110 Example 63 Preparation of.(4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (4f-7) In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-7 as shown in Figure 30, 5 where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-B! 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B. Step C: Compound 3f (132 mg, 0.521 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78* C. To the solution was acded t-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.64 10 mL, 1.10 mmol). After 1 hour at -78" C, a solution 4-chloro-2-fluorobenz aldehyde (86.8 mg, 0.548 mmol) in I mL of ether was added and tfie mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 and the combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , 15 filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 43.7 mg of compound 4f-7 as a pale yellow solid (25.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 333 and 335 (M+1) detected.' 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.96 (s,1H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.56 (m, 1H), 7.39 - 7.35 (m, 2Ff), 7.18 (m, IH), 7.05-(m, 1H), 6:21 (m; IH), 20 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.37 - 2.27 (m,2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.91 (m, 6H). Example 64 Preparation of (2-chlora4-fluorophen)-(1-isobutv-1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanol (4f-8) In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-8 as shown in Figure 30, 25 where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-IH-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B. Step C: A solution of compound 3f (116.2 mg, 0.459 mmol) in 1 mL of ether was cooled to -78" C. To the solution was added t-BuLi (1.70 M in 30 pentane, 0.57 mL) at -78" C. After 1 hour at -78" C, a solution 2-chloro-4 fluorobenzaldehyde (76.4 mg, 0.482 mmol) in I mL of ether was added and 111 the mixture'was slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was quenched with water (5 mL) and layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 and the combined extracts were dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude 5 was purified by chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 47.6 mg of compound 4f-8 as a pale yellow solid (31.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 333 and 335 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6.7.96 (s, 1H), 7.72 - 7.66 (m, 2H), 7.39 ~ 7.34 (m, 2H), 7.13 - 7.03 (m, 2H), 6.29 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 - 2.27 (m, ;2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). 10 . Example 65 Preparation of (4-fluorophenvl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazdl-5-vl)-methanol (41-2) In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-2 as shown in Figure 30, where RI is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluoropheny is described. Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-IH-Indazole (compound 3f) was 15 prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B. Step C: Compound 3f (1.49 g, 5.89 mmol) was dissolved in 50 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78* C. To the solution was added t-BuLI (1.70 M in pentane, 7.01 mL, 12.07 mmol) dropwise. As the t-BuLi was added, a brown solid formed and the mixture became a slurry. After the 20 complete addition of t-BuLi, the mixture was stirred an additional 30 minutes at -78" C. 4-Fluorobenzaldehyde (700 pL, 6.475 mmol) was added dropwise at -78* C, after Which the cold bath was removed and the reaction mixture was slowly warmed to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted 25 with CH 2

CI

2 and the combined extracts were washed with brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated to provide 1.70 g of a tan solid. The solid was then purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/ hexanes to provide 1.233 g of compound 4f-2 as a light brown solid (70.2% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 299 (M+1) detected. IH-NMR.(400 MHz, CDCls) 6 30 7.97 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (s, 1H), 7.40 - 7.31 (m, 4H), 7.07 - 7.00 (m, 2H), 5.96 (m, IH), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.38 - 2.27 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). 112 Example 66 Preparation of (2,4-dichlorophenvl-(1-isobutv-1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanol (4f-9) In this example, the synthesis of compound 4f-9 as shown in Figure 30, where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described. 5 Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B. Step C: Compound 3f (106.8 mg, 0.422 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled to -78" C and stirred for 15 minutes. t-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 0.52 mL, 0.886 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. 10 The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78" C. 2, 4-Dichlorobenzaldehyde (81.2 mg, 0.464 mmol) was dissolved in I mL of ether and the solution was transferred to the slurry by a double ended needle. -The cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water and the layers 15 were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concen trated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/ hexanes to provide compound 4f-9 as a yellow foam (99.6 mg, 67.6 % yield). MS ES! (+) m/z 349 and 351 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, ODDC 3 ) J 20 7.96 (s, IH), 7.70 (s, 1H), 7.68 (m, 1H),.7.38 - 7.36 (m, 3H), 7.33 (m, IH), 6.27 (I, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 (m, IH, -OH), 2.37 - 2.26 (m, IH), 0.92 (m, OH;. Example 67 Preparation of (1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-O-tolylmethanol (4f-10) In this example, the synthesis'6f compound 4f-10 as shown in Figure 25 30, where R~ is isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described. Steps A-B: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole (compound 3f) was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-B. Step.C: Compound 3f (123.3 mg, 0.487 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether. The solution was cooled to -78* C and stirred for 15 minutes. t-BuLi 30 (1.70 M in pentane, 0.62 mL, 1.023 mmol) was slowly added to the mixture. 113 The mixture became a red slurry and was stirred an additional hour at -78* C. O-Tolualdehyde (62 pL, 0.536 mmol) was added at -78" C and the cold bath was removed to allow the reaction warm slowly to room temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water, the layers were separated and 5 the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 C12. The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concentrated under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 4f-10 as a very viscous pale yellow oil (96.4 mg, 67.2 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 295.(M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 10 7.94 (s, I H), 7.64 - 7.61 (m, 2H), 7.38 - 7.33 (m, 2H), 7.29, (m, 1 H), 7.23 (m, iH), 7.17 - 7.13 (m, IH), 6.13 (m, 1H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.32 (m, 1H), 2.24 (s, 3H), 2.18 (m, IH, -OH), 0.91 (m, 6H). Examples 68-75 describe the synthesis of compound of the general Formula X. Figure 31 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of is compounds having the generic structure 5f. Example 68 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenv)-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vl)-methanone (5f-1) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-1 as shown in Figure 31, 20 where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-dtfluorophenyl is described. Step A: Ammonium fetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0"C. 2-Methyl-4-bromoaniline (18.61 g, 100 mmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCI (36% w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The 25 mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at V*C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The reaction was stirred for 1 hour at 0*C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 mL of 30 CHCI and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown:-6.(7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred for 1.5 hours at room temperature. The 114 mixture was washed with Water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo I H-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude material was used without further purification. 5 Step B: The crude 5-bromo-1H-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 C0 3 (20.7 g,'150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2 methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120*C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 10 mL) and CH 2

CI

2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by 15 chromatography (1:9 to 1:4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8% for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1) detected. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCIB) 8 7.93 (s, IH), 7.87 (m, I H), 7.43 (m, 1 H), 7.29 (m, I H), 7.29 (m, I H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, I H), 0.92 (m, 6H). 20 Step C: Compound 3f (121.0 mg, 0.478 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL of ether and cooled to -78" C. To the solution was added t-BuLi (1.70-M in pentane, 0.59 mL, 1.004 mmol). The' reaction stirred an additional hour at 78"C. 2, 4-Difluorobenzaldehyde (58 jL, 0.526 mmol) was added at.-78 0 C, the cold bath was removed and the reaction slowly warmed to room 25 temperature. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of water. The layers were separated and the a-quedus layer was extracted with CHiCl 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, concentrated. under reduced pressure, and purified by chromatography with*. 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide compound 4f-1 as a pale yellow crystalline solid 30 (104.5 mg, 69.1% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 317 (M+I) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 8 7.96 (s, I H.), 7.73 (s, I H), 7.56 (m, I H), 7.40 ~ 7.35. (m, 2H), 115 6.91 (m, 2H), 6.78 (m, IH), 6.22 (m, 1 H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.39 - 2.26 (m, 2H, overlapped with -OH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Step D: Compound 4f-1 (316.3 mg, 1.00 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 445.3 mg, 1.05 mmol), and 10 mL of 5 CH 2

CI

2 were stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction mixture was quenched with 10 mL of saturated K 2 C0 3 solution and layers were separated.. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

C

2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSQ 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude was purified by 10 chromatography with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 237.6 mg of compound 5f 1 as a viscous light brown oil (75.6% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 315 (M+1) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 8 8.16 (s, IH), 8.11 (s, I H), 7.99 (m, I H), 7.60 (m, 1 H), 7.47 (m, 1 H), 7.03 (m, 1 H), 6.94 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, IH), 0.95 (m, 6H). 15 -' Example 69 Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(I-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5l)-methanone (5f-2) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-2 as shown in Figure 31, where R' is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol 20 (compound 4f-2) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the axceptioh that 4-fluorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4 difluorobenzaldehyde. Step D: A mixture of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl) methanol (compound 4f-2; 745.9 mg, 2.50 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodin.ane" 25 (triacetoxyperiodinane; 1.166 g, 2.75 mmol), and 50 mL of CH 2 C1 2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction was quenched with 20 mL of. saturated K2C03 solution. The layers were separated anc the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 C1 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced 30 pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:4 116 ether/hexanes to provide 599 mg of compound 5f-2 as light brown solid (80.9 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 297 (M+I) detected. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC1s) 6 8.17 (s, IH), 8.11 (s, 1H), 7.94 (m, 1H), 7.87 (m, 1H), 7.85 (m, IH), 7.49 (m, IH), 7.22 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 4.23 (m, 2H), 2.38 (m, 1H), 0.96 (m, 6H). 5 Example 70 Preparation of (2.4-dichlorophenvl)-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vl-methanone (5f-9) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-9 as shown in Figure 31, where RI is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described. 10 Steps A-C: (2, 4-Dichlorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (compound 4f-9) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps-A-C, with the exception that 2, 4-dichlorobenzaldehyde was used in place of 2, 4 difluorobenzaldehyde. Step D: A mixture of compound 4f-9, "Dess Martin Periodinane" 15 (triacetoxyperiodinane; 20 mg, 0.046 mmol), and I mL of CH 2

C

2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage . system and eluted with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 12.9 mg of compound 5f 9 (85% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 347 and 349 (M+1).detected. 1 H-NMR (400 . MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 8.09 (s, 1H), 8.06 (m, IH), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.47 (m, IH), 7.41 20 7.34 (m, 2H), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, 1 H), 0.95 (m, 6H). Example 71 Preparation of (1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vl)-O-tolyl-methanone (5f-10) In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-1 0 as shown in Figure 31, where R 1 is isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described. 25 Steps A-C: (i-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-O-tolyl methanol (compound 4f-10) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 0-tolualdehyde was used in place of 2, 4 difluorobenzaldehyde. Step D: Compound 4f-10, (21 mg, 0.070 mmol), "Dess Martin 30 Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 31 mg, 0.0735 mmol), and 1 mL of 117

CH

2

CI

2 was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was loaded onto a Biotage system and eluted with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 18.7 mg of compound 5f-10 (91.4 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 293 (M+1) detected. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI) 6 8.07 (s, 1 H), 8.06 (s, I H), 8.04 (m, I H), 7.46 (m, 5 1H), 7.41 (m, IH), 7.35 - 7.30 (m, 2H), 7.30 - 7.25 (m, IH), 4.21 (m, 2H), 2.36 (m, IH), 2.33 (s, 3H), 0.95 (m, 6H). Example 72 Preparation of (2-chloro-4-fluorophenvi)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl) methanone (5f-8) ' 10 In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-8 as shown in Figure 31, . where R is isobutyl and Ar is 2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-( -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl) methanol (compound 4f-8) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 2-chloro-4-fluorobenzaldehyde was used in place 15 of .2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde. Step D: (2-chloro-4-fluorophenyl)-(I-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-methanol (compound 4f-8; 16.2mg, 0.0487mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" * (triacetoxyperiodinane; 21.7 mg, 0.0511 mmol), and 1 mL of CH 2

CI

2 was stirred for 2 hrs at room temperature. The reaction was loaded onto a Blotage 20 system and eluted with 1:2 ether/hexanes to provide 13.0 mg of compound 5f 8 as an oil (80.7'% yield). MS ESI (+) m/z. Example 73 Preparation of (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl) methanone (5f-7) 25 In this example, the synthesis of compound 5f-7 as shown in Figure 31, where k1 is isobutyl and Ar is 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: (4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-y) methanol (compound 4f-7) was prepared as described in Example 27, steps A-C, with the exception that 4-chloro-2-fluorophenylbenzaldehyde was used in 30 place of 2, 4-difluorobenzaldehyde. 118 Step D: (4-chloro-2-fluoropheny)-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-y) methanol (compound 4f-7; -20.4 mg, 0.0613 mmol), "Dess Martin Periodinane" (triacetoxyperiodinane; 27.3 mg, 0.0644 mmol), and I mL of

CH

2

CI

2 was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature. The reaction Was loaded 5 onto a Biotage system. The elution with 1:2 ether/hexanes provided 12.0 mg of compound 5f-7 as a solid (59.2 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z. 'H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCla) 6 8.15 (s, IH), 8.11 (s, IH), 7.99 (m, 1H), 7.53 (m, IH), 7.47, (m, IH), 7.30 (m, IH), 7.24 (mi 1H), 4.21 (m, 1H), 2.37 (m, IH), 0.95 (m, 6H). Example 74 10 Preparation of (2,4-difluorophenyl)-r1-(2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-vil methanone (5f-11) Step A: 5-bromoindazole (compound 2f; 9.852 g, 50.0 mmol) was dissolved in 150 mL of ether and the solution was cooled to -78 0 C. t-BuLi (1.70 M in pentane, 88.2 mL, 150 mmol) was added slowly at -78 0 C. After 15 0.5 hours at -78 *C, the reaction was quenched with 2,4 difluorobenzaldehyde (10.9 mL, 100.0 mmol) and slowly warmed to room temperature. The mixture was stirred for 72 hours. at room temperature under nitrogen atmosphere and quenched with 100 mL of water. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 CI2 (6 X 50mL). 20 The combined organic extracts were washed with saturated NaC solution (100 mL), dried over anhydrous'MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a yellow solid. The reaction was purified by chromatography, eluting with 5% MeOH in CH 2

C

2 . During the sample handling for chromatography, it was found that the desired fractions 25 had poor solubility in CH 2

C

2 . Mixed fractions were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure. The -resulting oil was treated with

CH

2

CI

2 (approximately 50 mL) and the solid was formed. The solid was collected by filtration. 'H NMR for flashed and filtered were identical. Since the samples had poor solubility in CHCl 3 , a couple of drops of DMSO-d6 were 30 added to the 'H-NMR samples, 6.034 g of 8f-1 as a pale yellow solid (46.4% yield) was obtained. MS (ESI+) m/z 261 (M+H) detected. 119 Step B: Compound 8f-1 (4.954 g, 19.04 mmol) was suspended in 150 mL of CH 2

CI

2 and Dess Martin Periodinane (9.156 g, 1.10 equivalents) was added portion wise at room temperature. After 3 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure, loaded to the Samplet, 5 and eluted with 2 % MeOH in CH 2

CI

2 to provide solid. The solid was suspended in 300 mL of CH 2

CI

2 and 100 mL of saturated K 2

CO

3 solution and stirred vigorously for 2 hours. The mixture was filtered and the filtrate was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 (3 X I OOmL). Saturated NaCl solution was added to aqueous layer and the layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 (3 X 100 mL). The 1o combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 9f-1 as a light brown solid (3.407 g, 69.3% yield). MS: (ESI+) m/z 259 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 9f-1 (0.258 g, 1.0 mmol), K 2 C0 3 (0.207, 1.5 mmol), and DMF (5 mL) were placed in a small Schlenk fype resealable tube. 15 Air was evacuated from the tube and the tube was precooled in dry ice bath (no acetone). A syringe and trifluoroethyl bromide (0.244 g, 1.5 mmol) was precooled in a dry ice bath.' The tube was opened and trifluoroethyl bromide was injected while the whole system was cold. The tube was sealed and heated to 1 00C. After 18 hours excess DMF was removed under reduced 20 pressure. The residue was treated with water (20 mL) and CH 2 Cl 2 (20 mL). The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

CI

2 (4 X 1OmL). The combined extracts were washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under i-educed pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes; 25 providing 64.7 mg (19% yield) of compound 5f-11. MS (ESI+) m/z 341 (M+H) detected. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 8.20 (s, 2H), 8.05 (d, 2H), 7.62-(q,*. 1 H), 7.52 (d, 1 H), 7.04, (t, 1 H), 6.95 (t, 1 H), 5.00 (q, 2H).

Example 75 Preparation of (1-alI-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-(2,4-difluorophenvl)-methanone (0f-12) 30 Step A: Compound 9f-1 was prepared as described in Example 74. Step B: Into a Schlenk type tube was placed compound 9f-1 (0.516 g, 120 1.0 mmol), K 2

CO

3 (0.415 g, 1.5 mmol), DMF (10 mL), and allyl bromide (0.363 g, 1.5 mmol). The tube was sealed and heated to 100"C. After 19 hours the supernatant solution was decanted and salt was washed with DMF (5 mL X 3). The combined supernatant solution was concentrated under reduced pressure. 5 The residue was dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 (20 mL) and washed with water. The aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2

C

2 (10 mL X 2). The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Cellte, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide. 142.1 mg (23.8 % yield) of compound 5f-12. MS 10 (ESI+) m/z 299 (M+H) detected. 1 H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) J8.17 (s, 1H), 8.12 (s, IH), 7.98 (d, IH), 7.60 (m, IH), 7.48, (d, 1H), 7.04 (td, 1H), 6.95 (td, IH), 6.05 (m, 1H), 5.28 (d, IH), 5.17 (d, 1H), 5.06 (dt, 2H). Examples 76-79 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XI. Figure 32 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the 15 synthesis of compounds having the generic structure ij. Example 76 Preparation of (2.4-difluorophenvl)-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vl)-amine (2h-1) In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-1 as shown in Figure 32, where R' is isobutyl and Ar is 2,4-difluorophenyl is described. 20 Step A: Ammonium tetrafluoroborate (20.97 g, 200 mmol) was dissolved in aqueous acetic acid (500 mL AcOH/250 mL water) and cooled to 0*C. 2 Methyl-4-bromoaniline (18.61 g, 100 rmol) and 42 mL of aqueous concentrated HCI (36 % w/w, 12N, 500 mmol) were sequentially added. The mixture was stirred for 20 minutes at 0"C and NaNO 2 (7.59 g, 110 mmol) was added. The 25 reaction was stirred for 1 hour at O'C and warmed to room temperature. After 16 hours at room temperature, the mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene and dried under high vacuum. The solid was suspended in 500 mL of CHCi 3 and KOAc (12.76 g, 130 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (7.93 g, 30 mmol) were added. The reaction was stirred 30 for 1.5-hours at room temperature. The mixture was washed with water, dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite and concentrated under reduced 121 pressure to provide 30 g of 5-bromo-IH-indazole (compound 2f) as a tan solid. The crude material was used without further purification. Step B: The crude 5-bromo-IH-indazole (compound 2f; 100 mmol) was dissolved in 250 mL of DMF. K 2 C0 3 (20.7 g, 150 mmol) and 1-bromo-2 5 methylpropane (16.3 mL, 150 mmol) were added. The mixture was heated to 120"C under nitrogen atmosphere for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. Water (200 mL) and CH 2

CI

2 (200 mL) were added to the residue and stirred vigorously for 30 minutes. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with 10 CH 2 Cl 2 . The combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide about 30 g of crude material. The crude material was purified by chromatography (1:9 to 1:4 ether/hexanes) to provide 12.870 g of compound 3f 'as a dark red oil, yielding 50.8 % for steps A and B. MS ESI (+) m/z 253 and 255 (M+1) 15 detected. 1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 5 7.93 (s, 1 H), 7.87 (m, 1 H), 7.43 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 7.29 (m, IH), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.33 (m, IH), 0.92 (m, 6H). Step C: Compound 3f (2.53 g, 10.0 mmol) was dissolved in 50 ml of ether and the solution was cooled to -78" C. 12.4 mL of t-BuLi (1.7 M, 21.0 mmol) was added -dropwise and the mixture stirred an additional 30 minutes 20 at -78" C.' The reaction was quenched with B(OMe)s (2.4 mL, 21.0 mmol), and slowly warmed to room temperature. After 15 minutes the reaction.was quenched with 6N HCI (10 ml, 60 mmol). The reaction w'as transferred to a' separatory funnel and water (100 ml) and CH 2

CI

2 (100 ml) were added. The layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with CH 2 Cl 2 . The 25. combined extracts were dried over anhydrous MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by chromatography with 2:1 etherlhexanes to 5% MeOH in C1 2

CI

2 to provide compound I h as a pale yellow solid (1.41 g, 64.7 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 219 (M+1) detected.. Step D: Compound Ih (1.09 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (II) acetate (50.3 30 mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46-mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 pL, 0.50 mmol) was added and the 122 mixture was stirred for several minutes. 2,4-Difluoroaniline (0.76 mmol, 76 piL) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air atmosphere for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 1.0 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide a viscous dark 5 green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 59 mg of compound 2h-' as a tan oil (39% yield), MS ESI (+) m/z -302 (M+i) detected. IH-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.90 (s, .1H), 7.39 (m, 1H), 7.36 (m, IH), 7.16 (m, 1H), 7.07 (m, IH), 6.89 (m, 1H), 6.75 (m, IH), 5.59 (br s, 1H, NH), 4.16 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, IH), 0.95.(m, 6H). 10 -Example 77 Preparation of (4-fluorophenyl)-(1-isobutl-1 H-indazol-5'-y)amine (2h-2) In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-2 as shown in Figure 32, where R' is isobutyl and Ar is 4-fluorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: Compound I h was prepared as described in Example 1, 15 steps A-C. Step D: Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 nimol), copper (11) acetate (25.2 mg, 0.05 mrol), myristic acid (23 mg, 0.10 mmol) and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 pL, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred for several minutes. 4-Fluoroaniline (71 pL, -20 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the riixture,was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 21 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:1 ether/hexanes to provide 41 mg (28.9 % 25 yield) of compound 2h-2 as a tan oil. MS ESI (+) m/z 284 (M+1) detected. 1

H

NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.87 (s, 1H), 7.34 (s. IH), 7.33 (m, 1H), 7.13 (m, 1H), 6.98 - 6.91 (m, 4H), 4.15 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, IH), 0.94 (6H). Example 78 Preparation of (2.4-dichlorophenyl)-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yl)-amine (2h-9) 30. . In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-9 as shown in Figure 123 32,-where RI is isoputyl and Ar is 2,4-dichlorophenyl is described. Steps A-C: Compound 1 h was prepared as described in Example 1, steps A-C. Step D: Compound 1h (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (11) acetate (50.3 5 mg, 0.10 mmol,) myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 pL, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was. added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple ofr minutes. 2,4 Dichloroaniline (122 mg, 0.75 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper 1o catalyst) for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 59 mg of compound.2h-9 as a tan oil (35 % yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 334 and 336 (M+1) detected. 15 Example 79 Preparation of (1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-yl)-O-tolyl-amine (2a-10) In this example, the synthesis of compound 2h-1 0 as shown in Figure 32, where R1 is Isobutyl and Ar is 2-methylphenyl is described. Steps A-C: Compound I h was prepared- as described-in Example 1, 20 'steps A-C. . Step D: Compound Ih (109 mg, 0.50 mmol), copper (11) acetate (50.3 - mg, 0.10 mmol), myristic acid (46 mg, 0.20 mmol), and 2 mL of dry toluene were placed in a flask. 2,6-Lutidine (58 gL, 0.50 mmol, 1.0 equivalents) was added to the mixture and it was stirred a couple of minutes. 80 gL of O-tolu-idine (0.75 25 mmol, 1.5 equivalents) was added and the mixture was stirred vigorously under air (air oxidation condition for copper catalyst) for 90 hours. The mixture was diluted with 10 mL of ether, filtered through Celite, and con-centrated under reduced pressure to provide very viscous dark green oil. The crude was purified by chromatography with 1:4 ether/hexanes to provide 77 mg of compound 2h-10 30 as a tan oil (55%.yield). MS ESI (+) m/z 280 (M+I) detected. 124 Examples 80-82 describe the synthesis of amino' acid compounds of the general Formula XV. Figure 33 shows a synthetic reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds having the generic structure 2h. Example 80 5 Preparation of 4-amino-2-{f5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-l-isobutyl-IH-indazole-6 carbonynl-aminol butyric acid methyl ester (11-2) Step A: Compound 1 Og-1 was prepared as described in Example 46. Step B: A solution of compound 1og-I (50 mg, 0.15 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with CDI (1.1 equivalents) at room temperature under N 2 10 atmosphere. After stirring for 18 hours, 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamind butyric acid methyl ester (36 mg, 0.165 mmol), was added, followed by the addition of NN-diisopropylethylamine (29 mg, 0.225 mmol). After stirring for' - 18 hours, the reaction was concentrated, the residue taken up in CH 2

C

2 and - washed with I-N HCI. The organic layer was filtered through I PS paper and 15 purified in a SepPak cartridge eluting with 10:1 CH 2

CI

2 /Et 2 O. The desired fractions were concentrated to yield 72 mg of compound 1j-1 as a beige foam (99 % yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 8.65 (br, IH), 8.10 (s, 1H), 7.9 (s, I H), 7.28 (1 H, s), 4.21 (d, 2H), 4.42 (m, 1 H), 3.6 (s, 3H), 2.95 (m, 2H). Step C: A solution of compound 1j-1 (72 mg, 0.13 mmol) in CH 2 Cl 2 (0.2 20 mL) was treated with TFA (0.1 mL) at room temperature. After 18 hours, the solvent was concentrated and co-evaporated from ether, yielding 70 mg (90 % yield) ofcompdund 1j-2 as an amber oil. "H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6) 6 8.85 (br, I H); 8.01 (s, I H), 7.98 (s, I H), 7.70 (br, 2H), 4.60 (m, I H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.80 (s, 3H), 2.85 (m, 2H). 25' Example 81 Preparation of 4-amino-2-f{5-(4-fluorophenoxy)-1-(2.2,2-trifluoroethyl)-1H indazole-6-carbonyll-amino} butyric acid methyl ester (1j-4) Step A: Compound I Og-2 was prepared as described in Example 59. Step B: Compound 1Og-2 (0.026 g, 0.073 mmol), benzotriazoie-1,3 30 diol (0.013 g, 0.088 mmol) and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-ethylcarbodiimide (0.017 g, 0.088 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 125 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCl salt of 2-amino-4-t butoxycarbonylamino butyric acid methyl ester (0.039 g, 0.147 mmol) and triethylamine (0.030, 0.29 mmol) in dichloroethane were added. The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours, concentrated and purified by reversed phase 5 HPLC according to Method A of Example 86 to provide approximately 30 mg of pure compound 1j-3 (71.9% yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 569 (M+H) detected. Step C: Compound 1-3 (0.0012 g, 0.024 mmol) was added to 1:1

CH

2 C1 2 /TFA for .1.5 hours, then concentrated to provide 2.3 mg (100% yield) of compound ij-4. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 9.21 (br, IH), 8.40 (br, IH), 10 8.04 (br, IH), 7.44 (br, 1H), 7.18 (s, 1H), 7.03 (m, 3H), 5.05 (m, 2H), 4.80 (br, IH), 3.75 (s, 3H), 3.36-(br, IH), 2.97 (br, 1H), 2.51 (br, IH), 1.92 (br, 1H). Example 82 Preparation- of 4-amino-2-f5-(4-fluorophenox)-1-methyl-1H-indazole-6 carbonvll-aminol butyric acid methyl ester (1I-6) 15 Step A: Compound 1Og-3 was prepared as described in Example 60. Step B: Compound 1 Og-3 (0.026 g, 0.090 mmol), benzotriazole-1,3-diol (0.017 g, 0.11 mmol) 'and (3-dimethylaminopropyl)ethylcarbodiimide (0.021 g, 0.017 mmol) were added to dichloroethane and mixed for 10 minutes. Next, a heterogeneous mixture of the HCI salt of 2-amino-4-tert-butoxycarbonylamino 20 butyric acid methyl ester (0.05 g, 0.20 mmol) and triethylamine (0.037, 0.36 mmol) in dichloroethane were added., The reaction mixture was stirred fcr 3 hours and then purified by reversed phase HPLC according to Method A of Example 86 to provide 30 mg (66 % yield) of compound 1j-5 as pure material. MS (ESI+) m/z 501 (M+H) detected. 25 Step C: Compound 1j-5 (0.0012 g, 0.024 mmol) was added to 1:1

CH

2 CI2/TFA for 1.5 hours, then concentrated to provide 1.2 mg (100 % yield) of compound-1J-6. 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 89.10 (br, IH), 8.32 (br, IH), 8.05 (br, IH), 7.90 (s, IH), 7.05 (s, IH), 7.05 (m, 3H), 4.75 (br, I-), 4.14 (s, 3H) 3.65 (s, 3H), 3.30 (br, 1H), 2.92 (br, IH), 2.51 (br, 1H), 1.82 (br, IH). 30 Examples 83-85 describe the synthesis of compound of Formula XVI as shown in Figure 34. 126 Example 83 Preparation of 5-(4-fluorophenoxv)-1 -isobutyl-I H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amine (1 k-1) Compound 11g-10 (0.05g, 0.12 mmol), prepared as described in 5 Example 59, was treated with 6 equivalents of BH 3 in THF (1 M solution) and stirred at 65 0 C for 6 hours and then at room temperature for 14 hours. The solvent was removed by evaporation, and the residue was purified on by preparative TLC using 1:1 hexane/ethyl acetate and 5% triethylamine to provide 0.014 g (30% yield) of product. MH* observed: 385. 10 Example 84 Preparation of compound I k-2 Compound 1 k-1, prepared as in Example 83, was treated with excess acetic anhydride and triethylamine in THE at room temperature for 4 hours and then concentrated to provide 0.010 g of Ik-2. MH+ observed: 427. 15 Example 85 Preparation of cornound I k-3 Compound Ik-I, prepared as in Example 83, was treated with excess methanesulfonyl chloride and triethylamine in THE at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and the residue purified by 20 -preparative TLC using 1:1 hexane/ethyi'cetate and 5% triethylamine to provide 0.005 g (50% yield). MH+ observed: 463. Example 86 Preparative RP-HPLC Conditions Method A: 25 Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm id., s-10/20 pm, 12 nm. Solvent A: H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: abetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. Collection triggered by mass spectrometer. %A % B flow rate 0.03 min 85 15 10 ml/min 1.50 min 85 15 20 ml/min 22.5 min 15 85 20 ml/min 24.0 min 5 95 20 ml/min 127 32.25 min 5 95 15m1/min 32.75 min 95 5 15 im/min Method B: Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-I 0/20 ym, 12 nm. Solvent A:.H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: acetonitrile with 0.05% TFA. 5 Collection triggered by mass spectrometer. %A %B flowrate 0.03 min 95 5 10 ml/min 1.50 min 95 5 20 ml/min 22.5 min 5 95 20 m/min 24.0 min 5 95 15 m/min 30.5 min 95 5 15 ml/min Method C: Column: YMC ODS-AQ, 250 X 20 mm i.d., s-10/20 pm, 12 nm. Solvent A: H 2 0 with 0.1% TFA. Solvent B: acetonitrile with 0.05%-TFA. io Collection triggered by mass spectrometer. _A / B flow rate 0.03 min 95 5 10 m/min 1.50 min 95 5 15 ml/min 18.5 min 5 95 15 m/min 20.0 min 5 95 15 mIlmin. 20.85 min 95 5 15 m/min Example 87 Preparation of compound 1m-1 15 The synthesis of compound I m-1 is shown in Figure 37. Step A: Compound 1j-7 (0.07g, 0.13 mmol), prepared in a manner similar to that described for compound 1j-3, was treated with sodium borohydride (10 equivalents, 0.049 g, 1.3 mmol) in 1:1 MeOH/THF and heated to. 60*C for 3 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated and then 20 ' coevaporated with MeOH to provide compound 11-1. Step B: Compound 11-1 was places in a 1:1 mixture of MeOH/4 M HCI in dioxane for 1.5 hours, and then the reaction niixture was concentrated. 128 The residue was taken up in chloroform, washed with a 0.6 M Na 2

CO

3 solution (pH 7.0) and aqueous- saturated NaCl, and dried over MgSO 4 . After filtration, the filtrate was evaporated to provide compound 1 m-1 (99% pure) as the free base. H-NMR (400 MHz), CDC1 3 : 6 8.39 (d, 1 H), 8.34 (s, I H), 7.90 (s, 5 1H), 7.24 (s, IH), 6.98 (M, 4H), 4.27 (m, 1H), 4.20 (d, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H), 2.65 (m, 1H), 2.39 (m, 1H), 2.37 (m, IH), 2.18 (m, 1H), 1.59 (m, 1H), 0.93 (d, 6H). Examples 88-109 describe the synthesis of aniline compounds of the general Formula XVIL Example 88 10 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-A2-(I-methyl-IH indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyll-urea (6n) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6n is shown in Figure 38. Step A: 2-(1-Methyl-IH.Indazol-5-yloxy)-nicotinonitrile (3n): 1 15 Methyl-1 H-indazol-5-ol (in) (synthesized as described in Example 94) (0.10 g, 0.68 mmol) and 2-chloro-nicotinonitrile (2n) (0.11 g, 0.81 mmol) were suspended in DMSO (2 mL). The reaction mixture was heated to 110 *C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with water and extracted into EtOAc. The combined organics were dried, Na 2

SO

4 and concentrated under 20 reduced pressure to afford the crude product. Purification by flash column chromatography (20 - 100% EtOAc/Hexanes) fumished the desired product (3n), (0.152 g, 90% yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, CD 3 OD) 8 8.27-8.25 (m,.1H), 8.23-8.20 (m, IH), 8.01 (s, IH), 7.62 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (d, J= 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.28-7.26 (m, IH), 7.23-7.20 (m, IH), 4.10 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+) m/z 251 25 (M+H) detected. Step B: C-[2-(1-Methyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-yi] methylamine (4n): 2-(1-Methyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-nicotinonitrile (3n) (0.132 g, 0.528 mmol) was suspended in MeOH(6 mL). Pd(OH)z (0.060 mg, 0.427 mmol) was added under a nitrogen atmosphere followed by concentrated 30 aqueous HCI (0.6 mL). The system was purged with H 2 gas and the reaction stirred at room temperature for 3 hours under an H 2 (g) atmosphere. The 129 reaction mixture was filtered through a pad of celite, washed through with MeOH. The organics were concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product, which was purified by flash column chromatography (MeOH/Et 3 N/EtOAc) to provide the desired product (4n) (0.047 g, 35% yield). 5 "H NMR (400 mHz, CDaOD) 8 7.96 (s, IH), 7.90 (d, J= 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 1H), 7.56 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, IH), 7.46 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.23-7.21 (m, IH), 7.09-7.06 (m, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 3.95 (s, 2H). Step C: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1-methyl-1H indazol-5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-ylmethyl]-urea (6n): C-[2-(1-Methyl-1H-indazol 10 5-yloxy)-pyridin-3-y-l-methylamine (4n) (0.017 g, 0.067 mmol) and (5-tert butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloro-ethyl ester (5n) (0.035 g, 0.087 mmol) were placed in a 10 mL reactor vial and dissolved in DMF (5 mL). DIEA (0.058 mL, 0.334 mmol) was added to the reaction mixture and the system heated to 80 "C for 18 hours. The reaction mixture is- was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. The crude material was purified by flash column chromatography using Sep-pak 10 g (35 cc) silica cartridge (50% EtOAc/Hexanes) to furnish the desired product (6n) (0.034 g, 100% yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO) 8 8.32 (s, 1 H), 8.00 (s, 1H), 7.94 (d, J = 4.7 Hz, 1H), 7.65 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 7.60 (d, J = 7.8 20 Hz, 1H), 7.46 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.29 (d, J= 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.19 7.16 (m, 1 H), 7.07-7.03 (m, 2H), 6.26 (s, 1 H), 4.37 (d, J =6.3 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 510 (M+H) detected. Example 89 Preparation of 2-(442-2-(1 -cclobutvlmethyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-5 25 fluorophenyll-acetyl-piperazin-1 -vl-N-isopropylacetamide (1 3y) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 13p is shown in Figure 39. Step A: 1-Allyloxy-4-fluorobenzene (3p): To a solution of 4 fluorophenol (1 p) (30 g, 268.0 mmol) in acetone (250 mL), anhydrous K 2 COa 30 (65 g, 468.3 mmol) was added followed by 3-bromo-propene (2p) (28 mL, 321. mmol). The resulting mixture was refluxed for 16 hours, cooled to room 130 temperature and then poured onto ice water (500 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3 x 250 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with 2 M NaOH (2 x 150 mL) and dried over a mixture of anhydrous

K

2 C0 3 and Na 2

SO

4 . The solvent was removed under vacuum to afford the 5 desired product (3p) (40.4 g, 99%) as light yellow oil. 1 HNMR (400 MHz,

CDC

3 ) 6~7.01 - 6.92 (En, 2H), 6.89 - 6.82 (m, 2H), 6.10 - 6.82 (m, I H), 5.44 5.41 (m, 1H), 5.39 5.37 (m, I H), 4.51 - 4.448 (m, 2H). Step B: 2-Allyl-4-fluorophenol (4p): Intermediate (3p) (14.7 g, 96.6 mmol) was heated to 210 *C for 7 hours, cooled to room temperature and 10 allowed to stand overnight. The reaction was checked by thin-layer chromatography. One new spot observed on TLC (Rf: -0.65 in hexane/ethyl acetate, 7:3). HPLC of crude mixture gave a major.peak at retention time of 2.07 min and a minor peak at 2.36 min. The major product, crude (4p) was confirmed as desired product and carried on to the next step directly without -15 purification. IHNMR (400 MHz, CDCla) 6 6.88 - 6.78 (m, 2H), 6.78 - 6.72 (m, 1H), 6.05 -5.93 (m, 1H), 5.21 -5.13 (m, 2H), 4.8 (br s, OH), 3.38 (d, J= 6.26 Hz, 2H). Step C: Acetic acid 2-allyI-4-fluorophenyl ester (5p): To crude .(4p), acetic anhydride (36.5 mL,~386.4 mmol) and pyridine (37.5 mL, 463.7 mmol) 20 were added. The resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours, checked by HPLC the next day (reaction -appeared mostly completee. The mixture was then poured onto cold H 2 0/Et 2 0, the aqueous layer was extracted with Et 2 O (2x), the combined organic layers were washed. sequentially with 10% HCI (3x), saturated NaHCOs (2x), H 2 0 (2x) and brine, 25 and then arled over anhydrous Na 2

SO

4 . After concentration, crude product purity was checked by thin-layer chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate, 7:3) and HPLC. No mass ion was observed. The crude product (5p) was carried on to next step directly without subsequent purification. 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCi 3 ) 6 7.04 - 6.91 (in, 3H), 6.09 - 5.65 (m, 1H), 5.19 - 5.06 (m, 2H), 3.27 30 (d, J= 6.26 Hz, 2H), 2.30 (s, CH 3 ). Step D: (2-Acetoxy-5-fluorophenyl)-acetic acid (6p-2): To a 131 solution of .(5p) (10 g, 51.5 mmol) in 100 mL of CCI4/ acetonitrile (1:1),.a solution of sodium metaperiodate (NaI 4 , 33.6 g, 154.5 mmol) in 500 mL of

H

2 0 was added. After stirring for several minutes, ruthenium trichloride hydrate (0.93 g, 4.12 mmol) was added. The dark mixture was stirred at room 5 temperature for 2 hours and DCM (600 mL) was added. The layers were separated, the aqueous phase was extracted with DCM (3x) and combined organic layers were washed with H 2 0 and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . Filtration through Celite 545 and evaporation gave a mixture of an aldehyde (6p-1) and an acid (6p-2) (9.1 g, 83%) as a brown oil that was carried onto the next step 10 without purification. Step E: (2-Acetoxy-5-fluoro-phenyl)-acetic acid (7p): A solution of sodium chlorite (52.16 g, 576.7 mmol) and sodium dihydrogen phosphate (44.5g, 371 mmol) in 225 mL of H 2 0 was added to a solution of acid (6p-2) and aldehyde (6p-1) in 100 mL'of i-PrOH at 0- C. The.-resulting solution was 15 stirred at 0 *C for 3 hours,-diluted with ether and then the layers were separated. The organic phase w'as washedwith H 2 0, 10% sodium thiosulfate (2x), H 2 0 and brine and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . After evaporation to a small volume, a few drops of hexane were added. Crystals formed gradually and were collected by filtration and washed with cold ether/hexane to give the 20 desired compound (7p) (3.95 g,-,36% isolated yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz, . CDCl 3 ) 6 7.12 - 6.98 (inm, 3H), 3.57 (s, 2H), 2.29 (s, CH 3 ); MS (APCI-) m/z 422.7 (2M-H) was detected. Step F: (5-Fluoro-2-hydroxyphenyl)-acetic acid (8p): Compound (7p) (3.5 g, 16.5 mmol) was dissolved in 65 mL of MeOH, and 7 mL of . 25 ammonium hydroxide (49.5 mmol) was added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight-and then checked by TLC (DCM/MeOH/AcOH (9:1:0.15)), HPLC and MS. No starting material was observed. The material was concentrated to dryness to give the desired product (8p) which was carried onto the next step directly. MS (APCI-) m/rz168.9 (M-H), 338.7 (2M-H) 30 was detected. Step G: [2-(1-Cyclobutylmethyl-tH-indazol-5-yloxy)-5- 132 fluorophenyt]-acetic acid (10p): Cesium carbonate (24.2 g, 74.24 mmol) was added to a solution of (8p) (2.8 g, 16.5 mmol) in 6 mL of NMP, and the reaction mixture solidified. An additional 12 mL of NMP and cesium carbonate (6.29 g, 19.3 mmol) were added and the reaction mixture was 5 purged with nitrogen. After vigorous stirring, compound (9p) (5.25 g, 19.8 mmol) and 2,2,6,6-tetramethyheptane-3.5-didne 90.86 mL, 4.12 mmol) were added. The reaction mixture was degassed and purged with nitrogen. Copper (1) chloride (0.82 g, 8.24 mmol) was added and the reaction mixture was degassed, purged with nitrogen and heated to 140 "C. After stirring for 10 18 hours, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature (about 23"C), diluted with Et 2 O and filtered. The collected solids were washed several times with ether, dissolved in H 2 0, acidified with 6 N HCI, and extracted with DCM (4x). The combined organic layers were washed with H 2 0 and brine and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . After concentration, the residue was purified by normal 15 phase chromatography using hexane/EtOAcIAcOH (9:1:0.15) to give the desired product (10p) (1.01 g, 17% isolated yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDCi 3 ) 6 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.36 (d, J = 8.62 Hz, IH), 7.14 (d, J = 2.35 Hz, 1H), 7.11 (dd, J = 8.61, 2.35 Hz, IH), 7.05 (dd, J= 8.61, 3.13 Hz, IH), 6.92 (ddd, J= 8.61, 8.61, 3.13 Hz, IH), 6.79 (dd, J= 8.61, 4.70 Hz, IH), 4.35 (d, J= 7.04 Hz, 2H), 20 3.73 (s, 2H), 2.93 - 2.82 (m, 1 H), 2.06 - 1.97 (m, 2H), 1.94 - 1.76 (m, 4H);. MS (ESI+) m/z 355 (M+H) was detected. Step H: 2-(4-(2-[2-(1-Cyclobutylmethyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-5 fluorophenyl]-acetyl}-piperazin-1-yl)-N-isopropylacetamide (12p): Compound (1Op) (0.087 g, 0.247 mmol) was dissolved in CHC 3 (1.6 mL), 25 mixed with EDCI (0.072 g, 0.372 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. N-Isopropyl-2-piperazin-1-yl-acetamide (1 2p) (0.069 g, 0.372 mmol) was added followed by an additional 0.8 mL of CHC 3 . The resulting solution was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. PS-isocyanate (0.850 g, 1.6mmol/g) was added and the reaction mixture was shaken for 1. hour. 30 After filtration, the filtrate was washed with H20 (2x) and dried over Na2S04, and concentrated. The residue was purified with by chromatography (Sep Pak, 10 g) (DCM, EtOAc) to give the desired product (12p) (0.1 g, 77%). 133 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.87 (s, IH), 7.40 (d, J= 8.61 Hz, IH), 7.13 7.06 (m, 3H), 6.91 (ddd, J = 8.61, 8.61, 3.13 Hz, 1H), 6.83 - 6.72 (m, 2H), 4.38 (d, J = 7.04 Hz, 2H), 4.15 - 4.02 (m, IH.), 3.74 (s, 2H), 3.67 - 3.60 (m, 2H), 3.55 - 3.49 (m, 2H), 2.99 -- 2.87 (m, 1 H), 2.91. (s, 2H), 2.44 - 2.33 (m, 5 4H), 2.10 - 2.00 (m, 2H), 1.97 - 1.79 (m, 4H), 1.16 (s, CH 3 ), 1.15 (s, CHa); MS (APCI+) m/z 522.2 (M+H) was detected. Example 90 Preparation of 2-2-(1 -isobutvl-1 H-indazol-5-yIoxv)-Dhenvil-N-(4-morpholin-4 . l-phenyi)-acetamide (16D) 10 The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 16p is shown in Figure 40. Step A: 5-Bromo-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole (14p): K 2 COs was added to a solution of 5-bromoindazole and In DMF. The mixture was heated to 105 "C. After disappearance of 5-bromoindazole the reaction mixture was poured 15 onto DCM/brine. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x) and checked by TLC. The combined organics were washed with H 2 0 (2x) and brine and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated and the resulting residue was purified by chromatography with 9.5:0.5 hexane/EtOAc to provide desired product (1 4p). 20 Step B: [2-(1-Isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-phenyl]-acetic acid (15p): To a degassed suspension of 2-hydroxybenzoic acid (2.4 g, 15.8 mmol) and Cs 2

CO

3 (7.72 g, 23.7 mmol) In NMP (13 mL), 2,2,6,6-tetramethyi heptane-3,5-dione (0.41 mL, 1.97 mmol) and compound 14p (2.0 g, 7.90 mmol) was added followed by small amount of NMP for rinsing. The resulting 25 mixture was degassed again with nitrogen and then CuCl (0.39 g, 3.95 mmol) was added and reaction again degassed. The mixture was heated to 140 150 *C. After mixing for 22 hours, the reaction mixture was poured into ether/H 2 0. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer (pH -11) was washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified to pH 7 and 30 extracted with ether (4x) and the combined organic layers were dried over anhydrous Na 2

SO

4 . The solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The 134 precipitate was formed gradually in a small volume of a-mixed solvent of ether/hexane/DCM and collected through filtration to obtain the desired compound (15p) (0.93 g, 36% isolation yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.87 (br s, 1 H), 7.38 -7.28 (m, 2H), 7.25 - 7.17 (m, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 9.39Hz, s 1H), 7.10 - 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.79 (d, J = 8.61Hz, 1 H), 4.15 (br s, 2H), 3.79 (s, 2H), 2.40 - 2.27 (m, I H), 0.93 (s, 3H), 0.92 (s, 3H); MS (APCI+) m/z 325 (M+H), MS (APCI-) mlz 322.8 (M-H) and 646.8 (2M-H) detected. Step C: 2-[2-(1-sobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-pifenyll-N-(4 morpholin-4-yl-phenyl)-acetamide (1 6p): To a solution of (1 5p) (0.04 g, 10 - 0.123 mmol), PyBOP (0.135 g, 0.26 mmol) and DIEA (0.02 mL, 0.12 mmol) in CHC1 3 (2ml), 4-morpholin-4-yl-phenylamine (0.044 g, 0.247 mmol) were added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours, treated with AP-trisamine resin (0.25 g, 2.49 mmollg), and finally the solvent was removed under reduced pressure after filtration from the resin. The resulting residual 15 was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak, 10 g) with ether to provide the desired product (16p) (0.024 g, 40%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.90 (s, IH), 7.50 (br s, IH), 7.45 (dd, J= 7.83, 1.57 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J= 9.39 Hz, 2H), 7.31 - 7.26 (m, 3H),. 7.23 (dd, J = 7.83, 1.57 Hz, I H), 7.15 - 7.09 (m, 2H), 6.86 - 6.79 (in, 3H), 4.17 (d; J=.7,04 Hz, 2H), 3.86 -3.82 (m, 4H), 3.80 20 (s, 2H), 3.11 - 3.06 (m, 4H), 2.41 - 2.29 (m, I H), 0.95 (s, CH3), 0.94 (s, CHA); MS (APCI+) m/z 485.2 (M+H) was det~bted. Example 91 Preparation of I-r5-cycloprop v-2-(4-trifuoromethyphenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3v11-3 [5-fluoro-2-( 1 -methyl-I H-indazol-5-vlamino)-benzvll-urea (9 -1) and 1-(5-tert 25 butvl-2-o-tolvl-2H-pyrazol-3-vil-3-[2-(I -cyclobutvlmethyl-1 H-irdazol-5 ylamino)-5-fluorobenzyl-urea (9q-2) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 9q-1 and 9q-2 is shown in Figures 41A and B. Step A: 2-Azido-5-fluorobenzonitrile (lq): A mixture of NaN 3 (1.17 30 g, 1.8 mmol) and difluorobenzonitrile (0.5 g, 3.6 mmol) in DMA (60 mL) was heated at 100 *C for 30 minutes. The mixture was next diluted with water (300 mL) and ether (300 mL). The organic layer was washed three times with 135 water and brine. The organic layer was dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated.. -The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether:hexane (1:5) as eluent to give the desired product (1 q) as white crystals (0.3 g, 53% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.38-7.31 (m, 2H), 5 7.27-7.18 (m, IH). Step B: 2-Amino-5-fluorobenzonitrile (2q): To a-solution of CoBr 2 (15 mg, 0.068 mmol) in ethanol (3 mL) was added 2,2'-dipyridyl (10 mg, 0.068 mmol) at room temperature followed by addition of NaBH 4 (40 mg, 1.02 mmol). The reaction mixture was cooled to -10 *C and then intermediate (2q) io was added (0.22 g, 1.36 mmol) in ethanol (1 mL) dropwise over 10 minutes. The reaction mixture stirred for-15 minutes and was then quenched with acetic acid and methanol at.-1 0."C. The residue was then dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (MgSO 4 ) and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude 15 product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether: hexane (1:2) as eluent to.give compound (2q) as white crystals (0.16 g, 87% isolated yield). 'H NMR .(400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 7.12-7.08 (m, 2H), 6.7 (dd, J= 10.4, 4.8 Hz, IH), 4.3 (br s, 2H). Step C: (2-Cyano-4-fluorophenyl)-bis(carbamic acid tert-butyl 20 ester) (3q): To a solution of (2q) (3-3 mg, 0.24 mmol) in THF(3 mL) was added Boc 2 O (200 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DMAP (5.9 mg, 0.048 mmol) at room temperature. The reaction mixture refluxed for 2.5 hours and was then cooled to room temperature and the solvent evaporated at reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by flash column chromatography using ether: -25 hexane (1:3) as eluent to give the product (3q) as white crystals (0.08 g, 98% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7.4-.7.26 (m, 3H), 1.45 (s, 1 8H). Step D: (2-Aminomethyl-4-fluorophenyl)-bis(carbamic acid tert butyl ester.) (4q): To a solution bf (3q) (1 g, 2.97 mmol) in ethanol (30 mL) was added CoBr 2 (27.mg, 0.12 mmol), 2,2'-dipyridyl (57 mg, 0-.36 mmol) at 30 room temperature followed by addition of NaBH 4 (350 mg, 9.2 mmol). The. reaction mixture stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes and was 136 quenched with acetic acid and methanol at 0 *C. The residue was then dissolved in ethyl acetate and washed with saturated sodium bicarbonate, brine and dried (MgSO 4 ) and solvents were removed under reduced pressure. The crude product (4q) was used directly in the next step (1 g, 100% isolated 5 crude yield). Step E: 2-Amlnomethyl-4-fluorophenylamine HCI salt (5q): Crude intermediate (4q) (0.95 g, 2.8 mmol) was dissolved in MeOH/DCM (15 mL). -Next, 4N HCI (10.5 mL, 42.0 mmol) in dioxane was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the 10 residue (5q) was carried on to next step without further purification.or characterization. Step F: (2-Amino-5-fluorobenzyl)-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (6q): A solution of Boc anhydride (0.49 g, 2.5 mmol) in dioxane (5 mL) was added dropwise to an ice bath cooled solution of (5q) (2.8 mmol, I eq.) in 5.7 15 mL of i M NaHCO 3 (5.63 mmol) and dioxane (11.2 mL) (1:2). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and continued stirring at room temperature for 18 hours. The next day, the mixture was diluted with Et 2 O and washed with brine. The layers were separated. The aqueous layer (brine) was extracted with Et 2 O (3x) and the combined organic layers were 20 extracted with 10% KHSO 4 (3x), and washed with H 2 0 and brine'and dried over Na 2 SO. After-concentration, the obtained crude product was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak) with hexane, hexane/EtOAc (9:1) to give the product (6q) (0.34 g, 50% isolated yield). .'H NMR (400 MHz, CD 3 0D) 6 6.85-6.75 (m, 2H), 6.6 (dd, J = 7.8, 4.7 Hz, 1 H), 4.82 (br s, NH), 4.21 (d, J= 25 6.2 Hz, 2H), 4.06 (br s, NH 2 ), 1.45.(s, 9H). LC-MS (ESI+) n/z.241 (M+H) was detected. Step G: [5-Fluoro-2- (1 -cyclobutylmethyl-1 H-indazol-5-ylamino) benzyl]-carbamic acid tert-butyl ester (7q-2): To a flask containing boronic acid (0.175 g, 0.76 mmol), amine (6q) (0.22 g,-0.91.5 mmol), Cu(OAc) 2 (0.135 30 g, 0.76 mmol) and 4 A sieves (0.2 g) in DCM, Et 3 N (0.52 mL, 3.7 mmol) was slowly added. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 days; DCM 137 was added to the reaction mixture and filtered. The filtrate was washed with

H

2 0 (2x), brine.and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . After concentration, the residue was purified by chromatography (Sep-Pak; 10 g) with hexaneIEt 2 0'(3:1). The fractions containing the product were combined to afford (7q-2) (0.12 g, 37% 5 yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J= 8.6Hz, IH), 7.24 (br s, IH), 7.13 (d, J = 8.6Hz, IH), 6.94 - 6.84 (m, 3H), 5.02 (br s, NH), 4.35 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 4.29 (d, j = 6.2 Hz, 2H), 2.98 - 2.85 (m, IH), 2.10-1.98 (m, 2H), 1.95-1.79 (m, 4H), 1.44 (s, 9H); MS (APCI+) m/z 425 (M+H) was detected.. 10 Step H: (2-Aminomethyl-4-fluoro-phenyl)-(i-cyclobutylmethyl-1H Indazol-5-yl)-amine (8q-2): Intermedidte (7q-2) (0.076 g, 0.18 mmol) was dissolved in DCM/I-PrOH (5 mL, 1:1), 0.5 mL of HCI (1.97 mmol) in dioxane were added and the reaction mixture was stirred for 3 days. The solvent was evaporated to give the product (8q-2) which was carried on to the next step. 15 LC-MS (ESI+) m/z 308 (M- NH 2 ) was detected. Both (7q-1) and (8q-1) were carried forth to the final step using the protocol for analogues 7q-2 and 8q-2. Step 1: 1-[5-Cyclopropyl-2-(4-trifluoromethylphenyl)-2H-pyrazol 3y]-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-ylamino)-benzyl]-urea (9q-1): A solution of (8q-1) (0.15 g, 0.54 mmol) in DMF (4.5 mL) was treated with 20 carbamate 1 Oq (0.26 g, 0.6 mmol) followed by DIEA (0.35 mL, 2.0 mmol) at room temperature. The mixture was heated at-80 *C for 18 hours and then the solvent was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was taken up-in DCM and washed with I N HCL. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated to dryness. The-crude product was then purified by 25 HPLC to provide the product (9q-1) (0.027 g, 9 % isolated yield). 'HNMR (500 MHz, CDCa) 5 7.88 (s, I H), 7.59 (d, J = 7.96 Hz, 2H), 7.54 (d, J = 7.43 Hz, 2H), 7.57 (br s, NH), 7.37 (d, J= 8.49 Hz, IH), 7.22 - 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.15 (s, I H), .6.99 -6.91 (m, 2H), 6.21 (s, 1 H), 4.34 (s, 2H), 4.07 (s, 3H), 2.01 - 1.93 (m, IH), 1.14-0.98 (m, 2H), 0.90 - 0.83 (m, 2H); MS (APCI+) m/z 564 (M+H) 30 was detected. Step J: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(I 138 cyclobutylmethyl-1H-indazol-5-ylamino)-5-fluorobenzyl]-urea (9q-2): Compound (8q-2) (0.18 mmol) was dissolved In DMF (2.5 mL), carbamate -I Oq (0.08 g, 0.20 mmol) was added followed by DIEA (0.1 mL, 0.57 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 80 *C for 18 hours. The solvent was s evaporated under reduced pressure and the residue was taken up in DCM and washed with IN HCI. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper and evaporated under reduce pressure to an oil. The crude product was then purified by HPLC to provide the product (9q-2) (0.045 g, 44 % isolated yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCIs) 6 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.7 (br s, NH), 7.32 (d, J = 9.39 Hz, 10 1H), 7.18 - 7.06 (m, 7H), 6.94 - 6.85 (m, 2H), 6.50 (s, I H), 4.37 - 4.30 (m, 6H), 2.96 - 2.81 (m, 1 H), 2.27 (s, 3H), 2.09 - 1.96 (m, 2H), 1.94 -1.76 (m, 4H), 1.34 (s, 9H); MS (APCI+) m/z 580 (M+H) was detected. Example 92 -Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-chlorophenyl-2H-Dvrazol-3-l)-3-[2-(1 is methyl-1H-indazo-5-vlsulfanyl)-5-fluorobenzyll-urea (6r-2) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 6r-2 is shown in Figure 42. Step A: 5-Bromo-1H-indazole (ir): 4-bromo-2-methyl aniline (20 g, 107 nimol), ammonium tetrafluoroborate (23 g, 215 mmol) and concentrated 20 HCI (45 mL, 537 mmol) were added to AcOHIH 2 0 (350 mL, 2:1) and sonicated. Next, NaNO 2 (8.9 g, 129 mmol) was added slowly and-the eaction mixture was sonicated for 10 additional minutes (reaction-turned brown and a precipitate formed immediately). The reaction was allowed to stir overnight. No starting material was observed the next day. The mixture was evaporated 25 on a speed vacuum at 65 *C, then azeotroped with toluene to dryness. The material was taken directly onto the next step without further purification. The above crude material, potassium acetate (42 g, 428 mmol) and 18-crown-6 (2.8 g,-11 mmol) were added to chloroform (300 mL) and sonicated for 10 - . minutes The reaction was stirred overnight at room temperature. The material 30 was passed through a filter funnel with silica gel/celite/sand and washed through repeatedly with CHC1 3 (material not collected). Next, the column was 139 washed with EtOAc, providing an orange material that was collected, pooled and evaporated to give about 16 g of material. The crude product was then flash chromatographed with silica gel using DCM:MeOH (5%) as eluent and dried on a high vacuum overnight to give the desired product (I r) (8 g, 50% 5 yield). 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 11.9 (br s, IH), 8.05 (s, IH), 7.9 (s, 1H), 7.46 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH), 7.39 (d, J = 8.8 Hz, IH); MS (ESI) m/z 197.1 (M+H). Step B: 5-Bromo-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (2r): 5-Bromo-1 H-indazole (1r) (10 g, 51 mmol) in THF was added slowly to a cold solution of NaH (2.2 g, 60% wt in oil, 56 mmol) in THF under nitrogen. After 15 minutes, 1o . iodomethane (10.8 g, 76 mmol) was added to the dark solution at 0 "C. After 2 hours, the mixture was poured into I N HCI (30 mL) and extracted with EtOAc (2 x 50'mL), and the combined extracts were washed with brine (50 mL), dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered, and concentrated. Column chromatography (silica gel): hexane:EtOAc (10-40%) resulted in 8.2 g of final product (2r). 1 H is NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 7.9 (s, 1 H), 7.84 (s, I H), 7.43 (d, J ' 8.8 Hz, 1H), 7.24 (d, J= 8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.04.(s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 213 (M+H)*. Step C: 5-(Triisopropylsilyisulfanyl)-1-methyl-IH-Indazole (3r): KH (1.3 g, 30% wt, 9.8 mmol) was washed with THF and then suspended in THF (10 mL) at 5 *C. Trilsopropylsilylthiol (1.8 g,.9.3 mmol) was added over 20 15 minutes with vigorous evolution of hydrogen gas. The mixture was stirred at 5 *C for an hour and then at 25 "Cfor 1 hour. This solution.was addetto a solution of 1-methyl-5-bromoindazole (2r) (2 g,9.5 mmol) and (Ph 3

P)

4 Pd (1.1' g, 0:93 mmol) in THF (15 mL). The yellow suspension was stirred for 1 hour at 70 0C. After cooling, ether was added and the solution was washed with brine, 25 dried (Na 2

SO

2 ) and concentrated. The residue was chromatographed (silica gel, 3 % EtOAc in hexane) to give 5-(triisopropysulfanyl)-1 -methyl-1 H- * indazole (3r) (1.8 g, 59 %). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.89 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, - H), 7.48 (d, J = 8.8.Hz, 1H); 7.25 (d, J = 8.4 Hz, IH), 4.05 (s, 3H), 1.28-1.19 (m, 3H), 1.08 (d, J= 7.6 Hz, 18H). 30 Step D: 2-(1-methyl-iH-indazol-5-ytsulfanyl)-5-fluorobenzonitrile (4r): Compound (3r) (0.65 g, 2 mmof), potassium carbonate (0.34 g, 2.4 140 - mmol), CsF (0.46 g,'3 mmol), 2,5-difluorobenzonitrile (0.56 g, 4.1mmol) and DMF (5'mL) were placed in a 60 mL reaction vial and the vial was sealed. The mixture was heated to 100 *C for 16 hoUrs. Excess DMF was removed under reduced pressure. This material was taken up in DCM (50 mL) and washed 5 with water (20 mL). The aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (3x). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (2x) and dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through a plug of celitelsilica gel and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel chromatography with hexane/EtOAc (20 %) to give the final product as a viscous liquid (4r) (0.43 g, 10 75% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.99 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, IH), 7.46 (dd, J-= 16.8, 8.8 Hz, 2H), 7.35-7.32 (m, 1H), 7.14-7.07 (m, 1H), 7.05-. 7.01 (m, 1H), 4.1 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 284.2 (M+H)*, Step E: 2-(I-Methyl-IH-lndazol-5-ylsulfanyl)-5-fluorobenzylamine (5r): A solution of compound (4r), (0.43 g, 1.5 mmol) in MeOH (30 mL) was 15 purged with nitrogen and treated with Pd(OH) 2 /C catalyst (15% wt, 280 mg, 0.3 mmol) followed by concentrated HCI (0.38 mL, 4.6 mmol). After purging more with nitrogen, a hydrogen-filled balloon was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC showed no more starting material. Next, K 2

CO

3 (0.5 g) was.added. The catalyst was filtered 20 through a plug of silicagel/celite/sand and washed with CHCl 3 /EtsN and the solvent was removed under reduced pressure. The respiting pale yellow foam (5r), (0.43 g, 87 % isolated yield) was stored under a nitrogen atmosphere. MS (ESI) m/z 287.9 (M+H)*. -Step F: 1-(5-Cyclopropyl-2-p-chlorophenyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-[2 25 (1-methyl-1 H-indazo-5-ylsulfanyt)-5-fluorobenzyl]-urea (6r-1): A solution of compound. (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mm6l) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (97 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 gL, 0.54 mmol).- The mixture was heated at 80 *C for 18 hours under nitrogen atmosphere. The crude product was then purified by preparative thin layer 30 chromatography using hexane/EtOAc (1:1) as eluent (Rf = 0.6) to give the final product (6r-1) (80 mg, 68% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CQCl 3 ) 6 141 7.85 (s, 1 H), 7.57 (s, I H), 7.34-7.26 (m, 5H), 7.2-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.97 (dd, J 9.2, 2.8 Hz, 1 H), 6.92-6.84 (m, 2H), 5.99 (s, I H), 5.7 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 1 H), 4.4 (d, J= 5.6'Hz, 2H), 1.89 (m, IH), 0.95-0.9 (m, 2H), 0.75-0.71(m; 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 547.1 (M+H)*. 5 Step G: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-chlorophenyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[2-(1 methyl-IH-indazo-5-ylsulfanyl)-5-fluorobenzyl]-urea (6r-2): A solution of amine (5r), (70 mg, 0.21 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (100 mg, 0.24 mmol) followed by DIEA (70 pL, 0.54 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 "C for 18 hours under nitrogen 1o atmosphere. The crude product was then purified by preparative thin layer chromatography using hexane/EtOAc (1:1) as eluent (Rt = 0.6) to give the final product (6r-2) (80 mg, 66% isolated -yield). "H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.86 (s, 1H), 7.58 (s, 1H), 7.39-7.26 (m, 5H) 7.21-7.14 (m, 2H), 6.98 (dd, J = 9.2, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.88 (d(t), J= 8.4, 2.4 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (s, 1H), 6.24 (s, 1H), is 5.64 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, IH), 4.42(d, J= 6.4 Hz, 2H), 4.02 (s, 3H), 1.3 (s, 9H); MS (ESI) mn/z 563.1 (M+H) *. Example 93 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{2-r1-(3 isopropyamino-propyl)-1 H-indazol-5-ylaminol-benzyl-urea (8s-2) 20 The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 8s-2 is shown in Figures 43A-B. Step A: 1-Allyl-5-bromo-1H-indazole (1s): 5-Bromoindazole (Bioorg. Med. Chem. Left., 11:1153-1156 (2001)) (3.94 g, 20.0 mmol), allyl bromide (2.6 mL, 30 mmol) and potassium carbonate (4.15 g, 30.0 mmol) were heated 25 in DMF (25 mL) at 100 *C for 18 hours. The reaction was cooled, filtered through celite, and the solids were washed with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to near dryness and then partitioned between EtOAc and water. The organic phase was washed with NaHCOs, dried (MgSO4), concentrated, and purified by column chromatography (silica gel, 7% EtOAc/hexanes) to 30 provide the NI isomer (faster eluting) 1-allyl-5-bromo-1 H-indazole (Is) (1.7 g, 36% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7.95 (s, i H); 7.88 (d, J = 2.3 Hz, 142 IH), 7.44 (dd, J = 8.6,1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.06-5.97 (m, IH), 5.24 (dd, J= 10.2, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.12 (d, J= 16.4 Hz, 1H), 5.01-5.00 (m, 2H); MS (ESI+) m/z 237,239 (M+H, Br pattern) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.98 min. 5 Step B: 3-(5-Bromoindazol-1-yl)-propan-1-ol (2s): I-Allyl-5-bromo IH-indazole (Is) (0.50 g, 2.1 mmol) was dissolved in 2 mL THIF and cooled to 0 *C. A solution of 9-BBN in THF (0.5 M solution, 8.9 mL, 4.4 mmol) was then added slowly via syringe under nitrogen and stirring. The reaction was warmed to room temperature over 6.5 hours. Then, a solution of aqueous -10 H 2 0 2 (30% wt. solution; 1.4 mL) in I N NaOH (14 mL, 14 mmol) was added slowly to the solution. The reaction was stirred at room temperature overnight, resulting in the formation of a white precipitate. The reaction was diluted with H 2 0 and Et 2 O. The layers were separated and the organic phase was washed with brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et 2 0. 15 The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO4, filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude material (2s) was carried on to the next step without characterization. Step C: 5-Bromo-1-[3-(tert-butyl-diphenyl-silanyloxy)-propyl]-1H indazole (3s): Crude 3:(5-Bromoindazol-1-y)-propan-1-o (2s) (2.1 mmol) 20 and imidzaole (0.22 g, 3.2 rnmol) were dissolved in 10 mL CH 2 Cl 2 . tert Butyldiphenylsilyl chloride (0.58 g, 2.1 mmol) was added to the solution and the reaction was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. Additional amounts of imidazole (0.07 g, 1.0 mmol) and tert-butyldiphenysily chloride (0.16 g, 0.63 mmol) were added and the reaction was stirred at room temperature 25 overnight. The mixture was diluted with Et 2 0 and washed sequentially with an aqueous 3% HCI solution and brine. The aqueous phases were extracted . once with Et 2 0. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 1:6 Et 2 O/hexane to afford (3s) (1.0 g, 96%. over two steps) as a colorless oil. 30 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.92 (s, I H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.61 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 4H), 7.44-7.42 (m, 3H), 7.36-7.33 (m, 5H), 4.53 (t, J= 10.2 Hz, 2H), 3.63 (t, J 143 = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 2.16-10 (m, 2H), 1.08 (s,.9H); .HPLC (5 to 95%) 4.72 min. Step D: 1-[3-(tert-Butyl-diphenylsilanyloxy)-propyl]-1H-indazole-5 boronic acid (4s): 5-Bromo-1-{3-(tert-butyl-diphenysilanyloxy)-propy-1 H indazole (3s) (200 mg, 0.41 mmol) was dissolved in 4.0 mL THF and cooled 5 to -78 "C. A solution of n-butyl lithium in hexanes (2.5M, 0.17 mL) was added slowly. The yellow solution was stirred for 30 minutes. Trimethyl borate (130 mg, 1.2 mmol) was added and the reaction was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 30 min. The reaction was quenched with 10 mL of a 0.3% aqueous HCI solution and the resulting mixture was stirred for 30 min. The 10 reaction was diluted with Et 2 O and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine. The aqueous phases were extracted once with Et 2 0. The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was partially purified on silica gel with 3% MeOH/CH 2

C

2 to afford (4s) (97 mg, 52%). MS (ESI+) m/z 459 15 (M+H) . HPLC (5 to.95%) 3.74 min. This mixture was carried on to the next step without further purification. Step E: 1-(2-Aminobenzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3 yl)-urea (5s): 5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (1 Os) (4.8 g, 31 mmol) and carbonyl diimidazole (4.6 g, 32 mmol) were partially dissolved in 20 DCE (100 mL) and heated at 70 *C for 2 hours. The reaction was cooled and 2-aminomethyl-phenylamine (9s) (4.2 g, 34 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred 14 hours. The reaction was concentrated to remove the solvent and then partitioned between EtOAc and 0.5N HCI (60 mL). The organic phase was washed with NH 4 CI and water and dried (MgSO 4 ). The 25 solution was concentrated and recrystallized from EtOAc (200 mL) to provide the desired product (5s) (4.6 g, 49% yield). 1 H NMR (400 MHz, DMSO-d6).6 8.31 (s, IH), 6.98 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.96 (dt, J= 7.8, 1.6 Hz..IH), 6.63 (t,-J= 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 6.59 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, I H), 6.48 (t, J = 6.3 Hz, I H), 5.93 (s, 1 H), 5.07 (s, 2H), 4.12 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (s, 3H), 1.16 (s, 9H). 30 Step F: 1-(2-{-[3-(tert-Butyldiphenylsilanyloxy)-propyl]-1H indazol-5-ylamino}-benzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyra-ol-3-y)-urea 144 (6s): Boronic acid 4 (240 mg, 0.52 mmol), 1-(2-amino-benzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-urea (5s) (170 mg, 0.58 mmol), copper (11) acetate (90 mg, 0.52 mmol), and 240 mg of 4 angstrom molecular sieves were suspended. in 10 mL CH 2

CI

2 . Triethylamine (0.36 mL, 2.6 mmol) was added 5 and the mixture was stirred at room temperature overnight while exposed to air. An additional 3 mL of CH 2

CI

2 was added and the mixture was filtered through Celite and the volatiles were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 2-4% MeOH/CH 2

CI

2 to afford (6s) (170 mg; 45% yield) as a brown tar. MS (ESI+) m/z 714 (M+H)*; HPLC (5 to 95%) 4.32 min. 10 Step G: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-{2-[1-(3 hydroxy-propyl)-1H-indazol-5-ylamino]-benzyl}-urea (7s): 1-(2-{1-[3-(tert Butyldiphenyl-silanyloxy)-propyl]-1 H-indazol-5-ylamino}-benzyl)-3-(5-tert butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-urea (6s) (40 mg, 0.056 mmol) was dissolved in 0.5 mL THF and treated with TBAF (1.0 M solution in THF, 0.11. mL, 0.11 15 mmol). The reaction was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Additional TBAF was added (0.3 mL, 0.3 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 hours. The reaction was diluted with CH 2 Cl 2 and washed with

H

2 0. The aqueous phase was extracted once with CH 2

CI

2 . The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. 20 The product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOH/CH 2

C

2 to afford the desired compound (7s).(8 mg, 30%, -90% pure by 'H NMR and HPLC). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 7.81 (s, 1H), 7.36-7.31 (m, 2H), 7.21-7.12 (m, 4.H), 6.85 (s, 1H), 6.81 (t, J= 10.6.Hz, 1H), 5.93 (s, IH), 5.41-5.38 (m, IH), 4.49 (t, J = 9.0 Hz, 2H), 4.43 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (t, J = 8.2 Hz, 3H), 3.52 (s, 3H), 25 2.13- 2.07 (m, 2H), 1.25 (s, 9H); MS (APCI) m/z 476 (M+H) *; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.79 min. Step H: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-{2-[1-(3 dimethylamino-propyl)-1H-indazol-5-ylamino]-benzyl}-urea (8s-1): Methanesulfonic anhydride (12 mg, 0.070 mmol) was added to a solution of 30 alcohol (7s) (24 mg, 0.050 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (20 mg, 0.15 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for 1 hour. 145 Dimethylamine (2.0 M in THF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred overnight. Additional dimethylamine was added (2.0 M in T.HF, 0.25 mL, 0.50 mmol) and the reaction was stirred an additional 2 days. The mixture was then partitioned between CHCI 3 and water. The aqueous 5. phase was extracted once with CHC 3 . The organic phases were combined, dried (MgSO 4 ), filtered, and concentrated in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOHICH 2

CI

2 containing 1 % Et 3 N to provide the desired compound (8s-1) (11 mg, 43%.yleld) as a dark foam. "H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.81 (s, IH), 7.42 (s, IH), 7.35-7.33 (m,- 2H), 7.19-7.11 (m, 10 4H), 6.80-6.75 (m, 2H), 5.94 (s, 1 H), 5.55 (m, 1 H), 4.43 (d, J = 6.6 Hz, 2H), 4.38 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 2.24 (t, J = 10.5 Hz, 2H), 2.19 (s, 6H), 2.08-2.01 (m, 2H), 1.24 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 503 (M+H) *; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.59 min. Step I: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-{2-[1-(3 15 lsopropylaminopropyl)-1H-indazol-5-ylamino]-benzyl}-urea (8s-2): Methanesulfonic anhydride (18 mg, 0.11 mmol) was added to a solution of alcohol (Is) (36 mg, 0.076 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (29 mg, 0.23 mmol) at room temperature. The solution was stirred for I hour. Isopropylamine (0.13 mL, 1.50 mmol) was added and the reaction was stirred -20 at room temperature for 60 hours. The volatiles were removed in vacuo. The crude product was purified on silica gel with 5% MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 containing 1% Et 3 N and then on C 1 e silica with CH 3

CN/H

2 0 to afford the desired compound (8s-2) (8 mg, 20% yield). "H NMR (400 MHz, MeOD) 6 7.88 (s, 1H), 7.51 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.31-7.24 (m, 3H), 7.17-7.16 (m, 2H), 6.93-6.89 (m, I H), 6.05 25 (s, IH), 4.52 (t, J= 10.2 Hz, 2H), 4.41- (s, 2H), 3.57 (s, 3H), 3.35-3.30 (m, IH), 3.03 (t, J = 11.7 Hz, 2H), 2.29-2.22 (m, 2H), 1.29 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 6H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 517 (M+H)*; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.61 min. Example 94 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pvrazol-3-yl)-3-15-fluoro-2-(1-methyl 30 1 H-indazol-5-vloxy)-benzyllurea (7t-1) and 1-f5-fert-butyl-2-(4-chloro-phenyl) 2H-pyrazol-3-vll-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl-IH-indazol-5-vloxv)-benzllurea (7t-2) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 7t-2 is shown in 146 Figure 44. Step A: 5-Methoxy-1 -methyl-1 H-indazole (2t): A solution of 6 methoxy indazole (it) (5 g, 33.75 mmol; see Tet Left., 43(15): 2695 (2002)) In 'DMF (200 mL) was treated with potassium carbonate (6.06 g, 43.87 mmol) at 5 room temperature. After stirring at for 15 minutes, methyl Iodide (2.33 mL, 37.12 mmol) Was added. The resulting mixture was heated at 110 *C for 18 hours. LC showed minor starting material left. Additional methyl iodide was added (2.33 mL) and stirring continued for an additional 18 hours. LC showed a 2:1 mixture of the Ni to N2 alkylated isomers. The solvent was evaporated 10 in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with I N HCI. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, evaporated in vacuo and purified on the Biotage eluting with 4:3, 3:1 hexane/Et 2 O. The desired combined fractions (N1 isomer) were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired product (2t) as a yellow oil (2.57 g; 47%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC13) 15 67.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 1H), 7.17 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, IH), 4.51-4.44 (m, IH), 4.43-4.36 (m, IH), 2.53-2.45 (m, IH), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H); MS (ESI+) mlz 163 (M+H) detected. Step B: 1-Methyl-I H-indazol-5-ol (3t): To a solution of (2t) (0.99 g, 6.1 mmol) in toluene (30 mL) was added AICl 3 (2.44-g, 18.3 mmol) at room 20 temperature, upon which a purple colored mixture formed. After refluxing for 20 minutes, an olive colored mixture formed. The mixture was refluxed for 2 hours, allowed to cool to room temperature and poured into an ice-water bath.. The insoluble solids were. collected b.y filtration (398 mg). The filtrate was extracted with DCM, filtered through i PS paper, evaporated in vacuo and 25. purified on the Biotage eluting with (1:9) then (3:7) Et 2 O/DCM and finally (1:1) DCMIEt 2 O. The product fractions were evapQrated in vacuo affording compound (3t) as a brown foam (122 mg). Total combined yield, 520 mg (58%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7..38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.13 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, IH), 4.51-4.44 (m, 30 11H), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, IH), 2.36-2.30 (m, IH); MS (ESI+) m/z 149 (M+H) detected. 147 Step C: 5-Fluoro-2-(1-methyl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (4t): A solution of (3t) (0.70 g, 4.74 mmol) in DMF (50 mL) was cooled to 0 *C and treated with 60% by weight sodium hydride (0.28 g, 7.11 mmol). After stirring at this temperature for 20 minutes, the aryl fluoride (0.79 g, 5.69 mmol) was 5 added at 0 "C. The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was then cooled to 0 *C and treated with water (50 mL), extracted with Et 2 O (3 x 150 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water (2 x'20 mL), brine (2 x 20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated in vacuo to an oil. This material was purified by flash column 1o chromatography (EtOAc/hexane = 2:3; loaded in warm toluene and DMF mixture). The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo and azeotroped with toluene. The compound (4t) was obtained as white crystals, 1.09 g (86% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 5 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.13 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 5.19-5.18 (m, IH), 4.51 is 4.44 (m, IH), 4.43-4.36 (m, IH), 2.53-2.45 (m, IH), 2.36-2.30 (m, IH); MS (ESI+) m/z 268 (M+H) detected. Step D: 5-Fluoro-2'-(I-methyl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylamine hydrochloride (5t): A solution of (4t) (0.32 g, 1.22 mmol) in MeOH (20 mL) was purged with nitrogen and treated with 20% Pd(OH) 2 /C catalyst (15% wt, 20 180 mg) followed by concentrated HCI (0.3 mL, 3.6 mmol). After purging further with nitrogen, a balloon containing hydrogen was placed on top of the flask. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, the LC indicated no more starting material was present. The catalyst was filtered through a plug of silica gel/celite/sand and washed with MeOH. The solvent was evaporated 25 in vacuo and the residue co-evaporated from ether. The resulting pale yellow foam (5t) was stored under N 2 , 0.34 g (91% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) &7.38 (d; J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 7.8,1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J= 1.6 Hz, IH), 5.19-5.18 (ni, IH), 4.51-4.44 (m, IH), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, I H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI+) m/z 272 (M+H) detected. 30 Step E: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(I methyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-1): A solution of (5t) (70 mg, 148 0.23 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbamate (6t 1) (100 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 pL, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 "C for 18 hours under nitrogen purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1 N 5 HCI. The'organic layer was filtered through I PS paper and evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 10:1 DCM/Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired compound (7t0i) as a pale yellow oil (80 mg; 67% isolated-yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 5 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, I H), 7.17 (dd, J = 7.8, 1.6 10 Hz, IH), 7.13'(d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, IH),.4.51-4.44 (m, IH), 4.43 4.36 (m, I H), 2.53-2.45 (m, 1 H), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1 H); MS (ESI+) m/z 527 (M+H) detected. Step F: 1-[5-tert-Butyl-2-(4-chloro-phenyl)-2H-pyrazol-3-y]-3-[5 fluoro-2-(1-methyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]urea (7t-2): A solution of is (5t) (74 mg, 0.57 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was treated with the corresponding carbarmate (6t-2) (110 mg, 0.25 mmol) followed by DIEA (99 mL, 0.57 mmol). The mixture was heated at 80 *C for 18 hours, under nitrogen-purge. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and washed with 1 N HCI. The organic layer was filtered through I PS paper and 20- evaporated in vacuo to an oil that was purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM/Et 2 O. Desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the desired compound (7t-2) as a pale yellow oil (80 mg; 64% isolated yield). "H NMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J= 7.8, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, 1H), 5.19-5.18 (m, 1H), 25 4.51-4.44 (m, IH), 4.43-4.36 (mi 1H), 2.53-2.45 (m, IH), 2.36-2.30 (m, IH); - MS (ESI+) m/z 547 (M+H) detected. In a similar manner the following compounds were synthesized. Example 95 Preparation of cyclopropanecarboxylic acid 2-(I-cyclobutylmethyl-1H-indazo) 30 . .

5-fluorobenzylamide (9t 149 00 N3:: NOF C1 N F NH TEA-/DCM, rt 8t 9t A solution of (8t) (20 mg, 0.06 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was treated with base (13 pL, 0.09 mmol) followed by 5 cyclopropanecarbonyl chloride (6 pL, 0.07 mmol) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours and then purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated In vacuo to afford the product (9t) as a pale yellow oil, 10.2 mg (42% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 394 (M+H) detected. 10 Example 96 Preparation of N-[5-fluoro-2-(I-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vloxy)-benzynl-3 trifluoromethyl benzamide (1 1t) N'0N

F

3 c N. 1 N N ON N F NF

NH

2 TEA DCM, rt -. CF 3 lot lit 15 A solution of compound (1Ot) (14 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as In Example 94,'Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was treated with base (11 pL, 0.06 mmol) followed by 3-trifluoromethylbenzoyl chloride (12 mg, 0.075 mmol) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room 20 temperature for 18 hours and then purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (1It) as a.yellow oil, 16.6 mg (53 % isolated yield). 1 H 150 NMR (400 MHz, CDC1s) § 7.38 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, IH), 7.17 (dd, J = 7..8, 1.6 Hz, IH), 7.13 (d, J = 1.6 Hz, iH), 5.19-5.18 (m, IH), 4.51-4.44 (m, IH), 4.43-4.36 (m, 1H), -2.53-2.45 (m, IH), 2.36-2.30 (m, 1H); MS (ESI+) m/z 468 (M+H) detected. 5 Example 97 Preparation of N-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyll-2-(3 trifluoromethylphenyl)-acetamide (14t) HOOC 1. CDVITHF N 0 NH

NH

3 Cl-

CF

3 12t (13t) 14t 10. Preparation of N-[2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyll-2-(3 trifluoromethylphenyl)-acetamide (14t) A solution of (3-trifluoromethylphenyl) acetic acid (12t) (10 mg, 0.051 rnmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with 1,1-carbonyidiimidazole (CDI, 9 mg, 15 0.055 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, under nitrogen purge, the benzylamine (13t) (17 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) was added at room temperature. Stirring was continued for an additional 18 hours. The' solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and purified on a silica 20 gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. Desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (14t) as a pale yellow oil (10 mg; 42% isolated yield). MS (ESI ) m/z 482 (M+H) detected. Exarnple 98 Preparation of 5-tert-butyl-1-pyridin-2-vl-1H-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid 5 25 fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vloxy)-benzvlamide (16t) 151 N F HOOC 1. CDVTF F 2. NN N0

NH

3 C1 N-N (13t) N 15t 16t A solutiQn of 5-tert-butyl-1-pyridin-2-yl-lH-pyrazole-4-carboxylic acid (15t) (12 mg, 0.05 mmol) in THF (0.5 mL) was treated with 1,1 5 carbonyldiimidazole (CDI, 9 mg, 0.05 mmol) at room temperature. After stirring at room temperature for 18 hours, under nitrogen purge, benzylamine (1 3t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) was added at room temperature. Stirring was continued for an additional 18 hours . The solvent was evaporated in vacuo and the residue taken up in DCM and 10 purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with 2-10% MeOH in DCM. The desired factions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (16t) as a yellow oil, 5.2 mg (23% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 541 (M+H) detected. Example 99. Preparation of 2-cylopropyl-N-[5-fluoro-2-(1-isobutvl-1H-indazol-5-vloxy) 15 benzvll-acetamide (18t) NI 'N DCM rt - N N F N F

NH

3 C1 0 NH F 13t 18t (17t) A solution of compound (13t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in 20 Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added to the corresponding TFP acid (1 7t) (1 mmollg) at room temperature. The mixture was shaken for 152 18 hours. The resin was washed with DCM. The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to afford the product (18t) as a yellow oil (12.6 mg; 66% isolated yield). MS 5 (ESI+) m/z 400 (M+H) detected. Example 100 Preparation of 3-chloro-N-[5-fluoro-2-(1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyll benzamide (20t NI DCM, Tt N N F

NIH

3 C1 0 NHl 13t F 20t 10 ci (19t) c1 A solution of (13t) (15 mg, 0.05 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in DCM (0.5 mL) was added to the corresponding TFP acid (1 9t) (1 mmol/g) at room temperature. The mixture was shaken for 18 hours. The 15 resin was washed with DCM. The combined filtrates were concentrated in vacuo and-purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM Et 2 O. Thb desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to provide the product (20t) as a yellow oil (14.4 mg; 66% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 452 (M+H) detected. 153 Example 101 Preparation of N-[5-fluoro-2-(1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-vloxy)-benzvl-4 trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonamide(21t) 0 0. N O' F. c__2S _ Ca N F

NH

3 Ci pyridine HN SO2 13t 21t 5

CF

3 A solution of compound (13t) (15 mg, 0.04 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in pyridine (0.5 mL) was treated with 4 trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (13 mg, 0.05 mmol) at room 1o temperature under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo, taken up in DCM and washed with I N HOI. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuo and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated in 15 vacuo to provide the product (21t) as a'yellow oil, 15.6 mg (70% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) m/z 522 (M+H) detected. Example 102 Preparation of N-5-fluoro-2-(1-isobutvl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl methanesulfonamide (22t) 0 0 N OF CH 3 S0 2 C1 N% N ~F _ __N NH3C1 pyridine H-,2

CH

3 20 13t 14t A solution of compouhid (13t) (15 mg, 0.043 mmol; prepared as in Example 94, Steps A-E) in pyridine (0.5 mL) was treated with 154 methanenesufonyl chloride (4 pL, 0.05 mmo) at room temperature, under nitrogen purge. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 18 hours. The solvent was evaporated in vacuo, taken up in DCM and washed with 1N HCl. The organic layer was filtered through 1 PS paper, concentrated in vacuo 5 and purified on a silica gel SepPak cartridge eluting with (10:1) DCM-Et 2 O. The desired fractions were evaporated in vacuo to a yellow oil (22t), 13.1 mg (78% isolated yield). MS (ESI+) imz 392 (M+H) detected. Example 103 Preparation of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (26t) 10 The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26t is shown in Figure 45. Step A: 5-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzonitrile (23t): 2,5 Difluorobenzonitrile (14.9 g, 107 rnmol) and. benzyl alcohol (11.1 mL, 11.6 g, 107 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (330 mL) and cooled to 0 *C. Sodium 15 hydride (60% in oil, 6.40 g, 161 mmol) was added to.the solution at 0 "C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room-temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction solution was cooled to 0 "C and water (330 mL) was gradually added to the solution. The mixture was transferred to a separatory funnel and extracted 3 times with 500 mL of Et 2 O. 20 The combined organic layer was washed with IOQ mL of water twice, brine once, then dried over MgSO 4 . After filtration, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow solid. The crude solid was dissolved in Me'OH (500 mL). To the solution was added 10% palladiium on activated carbon under a nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas 25 with hydrogen gas, reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (if the reaction did not proceed in 30 minutes, the palladium on carbon was filtered off and set up again). After 2 hours of stirring, the palladium on carbon was filtrated off and washed with MeOH. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a pale yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized 30 from hot toluene (100 mL) by addition of hexane (10 mL) followed by cooling to 0 "C. The obtained white needles were washed with 1:1 mixture of toluene 155 and hexane (7.23 g, 49 % yield). The mother liquor was concentrated and purified on silica gel with .Et 2 0/hexane (2:3-1:1) to afford desired compound (23t) (6.94 g, 47% yield). Total 14.2 g (96% yield) over 2 steps. 'HNMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO) 6 11.09 (s, 1 H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.4, 3.2 Hz, 1 H); 7.40 (td, J=8.6, s 3.2 Hz, 1 H), 7.03 (dd, J=9.2, 4.4 Hz, 1 H) ppm. Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-(3-methyl-4-nitrophenoxy)-benzonitrile (24t): Intermediate (23t) (10.0 g, 72.9 mmol), 4-fluoro-2-methyl-1-nitrobenzene (13.6 g, 87.5 mmol) and potassium carbonate (11.1 g, 80.2 mmol) were dissolved in dimethyl acetamide (DMA 400- mL), and then the mixture was heated to 10 100 *C under vigorous stirring. After 16 hours of stirring, the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature then 400 mL of water was added to the mixture. The mixture was extracted three times with 500 mL of Et 2 0. The combined organic Idyer was washed three times with 100 mL of water and once with brine. The solution was then dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and 15 concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained orange crude solid was washed with 100 mL of warmed (about 50 "C) hexane and further, with 400 mL of hexane (not warmed) to afford pale yellow solid (16.4 g). The orange .filtrate was concentrated and the residue was purified on silica gel with Et 2 O/hexane (1:4 - 1:3) to afford slightly orange solid which was washed with 20 mixture of Et 2 O and hexane (1:3) (1.2 g) Two batches of pale yellow solid were combined to afford compound (24t) (17.6 g,'89% yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz,'CDCla) 6 8.08 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), -7.43 (dd, J = 7.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, J= 9.7, 3.1 Hz, IH), 7.09 (dd, J= 9.5, 4.7 Hz, IH), 6.95-6.87 (m, 2H), 2.62 (s, 3H) ppm. 25 Step C: 2-(4-Amino-3-methylphnoxy)-5-fluorobenzonitrile (25t): Intermediate (24t) (14.3 g, mmol) and zinc dust (17.2 g, 263 mmol) were suspended in mixed solvent of MeOH/THF (1:1, 125 mL) and saturated NH 4 CI (125 mL) was added.. The reaction mixture became warm. There was an obvious change in the zinc suspension. The reaction was finished in 10 30 minutes. The reaction mixture was filtered through a silica plug and diluted with EtOAc and saturated NaHCO3. The layers were separated and the 156 combined organics dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure.- The crude residue (25t) was pure enough on NMR spectra. .'HNMR (400 MHz, de-DMSO) 6 7.83 (dd, J.= 8.5, 3.1 Hz, I H), 7.47 (td, J= 8.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.83-6.77 (m, 2H), 6.74 (dd, J = 8.6, 2.3 Hz, IH), 6.66 (d, J = 5 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.88 (s, I H), 2.06 (s, 3H) ppm. Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (26t): Intermediate (25t) (13.2 g, 54.5 mmol) and NH 4

BF

4 were dissolved in 550 mL of mixed solvent of AcOH and water (2:1) and cooled to 0 *C. Added concentrated HCl (12N, 23 mL, 272 mmol) and NaNO 2 (4.14 g, 59.9 mmol) to 1o the solution at 0 *C, then -the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred. After 3 hour of stirring, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene 4 times to dryness to obtain a pale yellow crude solid. The solid was dissolved in 600 mL of EtOAc and KOAc was added to the solution then the mixture was 15 stirred under room temperature. In 30 minutes, the yellow solution became orange and was stirred further. After overnight stirring, the orange suspension was filtered and washed with EtOAc a few times to 1000 mL total' volume. The organic solution was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 and brine, dried with MgSO 4 , filtered and 20 evaporated. The obtained crude orange solid was purified on silica gel with EtOAc /hexane (1:2-1:1) to afford an orangesolid (13.2 g), which was washed with toluene. The orange c6lored toluene solution was concentrated and .washed with toluene again: Repeating the same.toluene washing afforded compound (26t) as a slightly orange colored solid (11.7 g, 84% yield over 2 25 steps). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCs) 6 12.12 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, IH), 7.58 (d, J 9.4 Hz, IH), 7.40 (d, J 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (dd, J= 7.9, 3.1 Hz, IH), 7.18 (ddd, J= 9.4, 7.9, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 7.13 (dd, J= 8.5, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 6.80 (dd, J= 9.3, 3.9 Hz, IH) ppm. Example 104 30 Preparation of 3-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-toyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-145-fluoro-2-(1-methyl I H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzll-1-methylurea (28t) 157 The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 28t -is shown in Figure 46. Step A: 5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl-lH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylamine hydrochloride (5t): Intermediate (4t) (1.13 g, 4.23 mmol;'prepared as in 5 Example 94, Steps A-C) was dissolved in methanol (50 mL) and 20% palladium hydroxide on activated carbon (0.50 g, 0.71 mmol) was added to the solution under nitrogen atmosphere. After the addition of concentrated HCI (12 N, 5.0 mL, 60 mmol), the mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere overnight (18 hours). The mixture was filtered and palladium io hydroxide was washed with MeOH. After evaporation, the crude residue was azeotroped with a mixture of toluene and EtOH to dryness to compound (5t) as a white powder (1.29 g, 99 % yield) 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 8.72 (br, 3H), 8.01 (s, IH), 7.73 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.57 (dd, J = 9.4, 2.3 Hz, IH), 7.38 (s, 1H), 7.19 (d, J= 3.1 Hz, IH), 7.04 (td, J= 74.8, 3.1 Hz, IH), 7.02 (dd, J= is 195.4, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 4.07 (s, 3H) ppm. Step B: [5-Fluoro-2-(I-methyl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl] carbamic acid tart-butyl ester (26t): Intermediate (5t) (134 mg, 0.43 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2 Cl 2 (5 mL) and diisopropylethylamine (151 jL, 112 mg, 0.87 mmol) and di-tert-butyldicarbonate (94.7 mg, 0.43 mmol) were added to 2o the solution. After ovemight stirring (12 hours), the reaction mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (1'00 mL), washed with 0.2N HCI (5 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (5 .mL) and brine, dried over MySO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain an yellow crude oil, Which was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:2) to obtain the product (26t) as a colorless oil (150 25 mg, 93% yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCla) 67.85 (s, 1H), 7.35 (d, J= 9.4 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7.08 (m, 3H), 6.87 (t, J= 9.4 Hz, IH), 6.75 (dd, J= 8.7, 4.7 Hz, IH), 5.09 (br, 1 H), 4.35 (d, J = 6.3 Hi, 2H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 1.42 (s, 9H) ppm. Step C: [5-Fluoro-2-(I-methyl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl] methylcarbamic acid tert-butyl ester (27t): Intermediate (26t) (50 mg, 30 0.135 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and cooled to 0 *C. Sodium hydride (60%, 8.1 mg, 0.20 mmol) and methyl iodide (42 pL, 95.5 mg, 0.67 158 mmol) were added to the, solution atO 0 "C and then the mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 hour of stirring, the mixture was poured into saturated NH 4 CI solution and extracted 3 times with 30 mL of ether. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and brine one, s dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The pale yellow residue was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:2) to obtain compound (27t) as a colorless oil (52 mg, quantitative). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.83 (s, IH), 7.35 (s, 0.4H), 7.33 (s, 0.6H), 7.11 (s, 0.6H), 7.08 (s, 1.4H), 6.98 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 6.92-6.81 (m, 1), 6.81-6.73 (m, IH), 4.49'(s, 0.8H), 4.45 10 (s, 1.2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 2.89 (s, 1.8H), 2.85 (s, 1.2H), 1.45 (s, 3.6H), 1.41 (s, 5.4H) ppm. Step D: 3-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-1-[5-fluoro-2-(1 methyl-IH-indazol-5-ylox.y)-benzyl]-1-methyl-urea (28t): Intermediate (27t) (52 mg, 0.135 mmol) was dissolved in CH 2

CI

2 (2 mL) and TFA (1 mL) was 15 added to the solution at room temperature. After 1 hour of stirring, the reaction solution was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc (50 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 , washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated under reduced pressure. The crude pale yellow oil was dissolved in DMA (2 mL). The carbamate (6t-1) and' 20 diisopropylethyl amine were added to the solution and heated to 80 *C in a sealed tube. After 16 hours of stirring,-reaction mixture was diluted with qt 2 O (50 mL) and washed with 5 mL of water three times and brine once, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated under the reduced pressure. The crude oil was purified by flash column chromatography (ethyl acetate/hexane 1:1) to obtain 25 compound (28t) as a white foam (63.8 mg, 87% yield over 2 steps). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 7.83 (s, 1 H), 7.32.(d, J 9.4 Hz, I H), 7.22 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2 H), 7 .1 3 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02 (s, I H), 6.98 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.89 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, 1H), 6.72 (dd, J= 7.7, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.62 (s, 1H), 6.39 (s, IH), 4.51 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.94 (s, 2H), 2.32 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H) ppm. 30 Example 105 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolvl-2H-pyrazo-3-yl)-3-5-fluoro-2-(1-methyl 1H-indazol-5-vioxy)-benzvlT-1-methylurea (32t) 159 The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 32t is shown in Figure 47. Step A: [5-Fluoro-2-(1 -methyl-1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-(4 methoxybenzyl)-amine (29t): Intermediate (5t) (136 mg, 0.442 mmol; 5 prepared as in Example 106, Step A) was dissolved in EtOAc (100 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHC0 3 then washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated under reduced pressure to obtain the free amine. The free amine was dissolved in 1,2-dichloroethane (5 mL) and p-anisaldehyde was added to the solution at room temperature. After 2 hours of stirring, the io solution Was evaporated under reduced 'pressure. The residue was dissolved in MeOH (5 mL) and cooled to 0 "C. Sodium borohydride was added to the solution at 0 *C. After 40 minutes of stirring at 0 0C, the reaction mixture was quenched with several drops of acetic acid at 0 *C, then the reaction mixture was evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with EtOAc 15 (50 mL) and neutralized with saturated NaHCO3 and washed with brine, dried over MgSO 4 and evaporated to obtain a crude oil, which was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:1) with 1% Et 3 N to afford compQund (29t) as. a color less oil (139 mg, 80% yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.85 (s, 1H), 7.34 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, IH), 7.28 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, IH), 7.23-7.15 (m, 2H), 7.13-7.06 (m, 20 2H), 6.92-6.85 (m, 2H), 6.84-6.78 (m, 2H), 4.61 (s, 1 H), 4.06 (s, 3H), 3.82 (s, 2H), 3.77- (s, 3H), 3.72 (s, 2H) ppm. Step B: 3-(5-tort-Butyl-2-p-toly-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-1-[5-fluoro-2-(1 methyl-I H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzy]-1 -4-methoxybenzyl)-urea (30t): Intermediate (29t) (135 mg, 0.354 mmol), trichloroethylcarbamate (6t-1) (154 .25 mg, 0.379 mmol) and diisopropylamine (120 puL, 89mg, 0.69 mmol) were dissolved in DMA (5 mL) and heated to 80 *C. After 12 hours of stirring at 80 *C, the'reaction mixture was cooled down to room temperature, diluted with ether (50 mL) and washed with 5 mL of water there times and with brine once, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. 30 The obtained crude oil was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2:3) to afford compound (30t) as a colorless oil (180 mg, 83% yield). 'HNMR. (400 160 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.82 (s, I H), 7.07-6.95 (m, 8H), 6.94-6.89 (m, I H), 6.89-6.84 (I, 1H), 7.29 (d, J = 9.0 Hz, I H), 6.75 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 6.69 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.60 (s, 1H), 6.41 (s, IH), 4.57 (s, 2H), 4.44 (s, 2H), 4.04 (s, 3H), 3.78 (s, I H), 3.77 (s, 3H), 2.31 (s, 3H), 1.30 (s, 9H) ppm. 5 Step C: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1L methyl-IH-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-3-(4-methoxybenzyl)-1-methyl-urea (31t): Intermediate (30t) (150 mg, 0.23 mmol) was dissolved in DMF (2 mL) and cooled to 0 "C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 14 mg, 0.36 mmol) and methyl iodide (73.8 pL, 168 mg, 1.19 mmol) were added to the solution at 10 0 *C and the reaction mixture was stirred at 0 "C for 1 hour. The. reaction mixture was quenched by addition of 5 mLof water at 0 0C, and then extracted three times with 50 mL of Et 2 0. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and with brine once, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered. and evaporated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on 15 silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:2) to obtain compound-(31t) as a pale yellow amorphous (134 mg, 87% yield). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7.82 (s, 1H), 7.37 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.28 (d, J = 9-4 Hz, 1H), 7.15-7-.02 (m, 2H), 7.00-6.81 (m, 6H), 6.80-6.60 (m, 3H), 5.85 (s, 1H), 4.21 (s, 2H), 4.20 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.76 (s, 3H), 2.98 (s, 3H), 2.29 (s, 3K), 1.23 (s, 9H) ppm. 26 Step D: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-toly-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-[5-fluoro-2-('l methyl-I H-indam.oI-5-yloxy)-benzylIf-1 -methylurea (32t): Intermediate (31 t) (85 mg, 0.131 mmol)'was dissolved in 5 mL of solution of 2 % (v/v) anisole in trifluoroacetic abid and stirred at room temperature for 1.5 hour. After evaporation the crude residue was dissolved in EtOAc (80 mL) and 25 neutralized with saturated NaHCO 3 , washed with brine, dried ove- MgSO 4 , filtered and evaporated. under reduced pressure. The obtained crude oil was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2:3) to obtain compound (32t) as a white amorphous (68.6 mg, 99% yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDCa13)6 7.84 (s, 1H), 7.32 (d, J = 9.4 Hz, IH), 7.25 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.13 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 30 2H), 7.07 (t, J = 10.2 Hz, I H), 7.20-6.96 (m, I H), 6.93 (td, J = 8.6, 3.1 Hz, 1 H), 6.85 (td, J = 8.6, 3.1 Hz, 1H), 6.68 (dd, J= 8.6, 4.7 Hz, 1H), 6.11 (s, 1H), 161 5.31 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 0.8 H), 5.17 (t, J=6.3 Hz, 0.2H), 4.48-4.26 (m, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 3.00 (s, 3H), 2.33 (s, 2.4H), 2.32 (s, 0.6H), 1.36 (s. 1.8H), 1.29 (s, 7.2H) ppm. Example 106 s Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolvl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-345-fluoro-2-(I-methyl - H-pyrazoloL3.4-clpyridin-5-vloxv)-benzvll-urea (4u) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 4u is shown in Figure 48. Step A: 5-Fluoro-2-hydroxybenzonitrile (23t): 2,5 10 Difluorobenzonitrile (14.9 g, 107 mmol) and benzyl alcohol (11.1 mL, 11.6 g, 107 mmol) were dissolved in-DMF (330 mL) and cooled to 0 *C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 6.40 g, 161 mmol) was added to the solution at 0 "C and the reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring for 1 hour at room temperature, the reaction solution was cooled to 0 "C and 15 water (330 mL) was gradually added to the solution. The mixtire was transferred to a separatory fUnnel and extracted three times with 500 mL of Et 2 0. The combined organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water, brine once, then dried over MgSO 4 . After filtration, the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a crude pale yellow solid. The 20 crude solid. was dissolved in MeOH (500 mL). To the solution was added 10% palladium on.activated carbon under a nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas with hydrogen gas, reaction mixture was stirred. at room temperature (if the reactidn'did not proceed in 30 minutes, the P.d/C was filtered off and the reaction was set up again). After 2 hours of stirring, the 25 palladium on carbon was filtrated off and washed with MeOH. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain.a pale yellow solid. The solid was recrystallized from hot toluene (100 mL) by addition of hexane (10 mL) followed- by cooling to-0 C. The-obtained white needles were washed with 1:1 mixture of toluene and hexane (7.23 g, 49 % yield). Mother liquor was 30 concentrated and purified on silica gel with Et 2 O/hexane (2:3-1:1) to afford the desired compound (23t) (6.94 g, 47% yield). Total 14.2 g (96% yield) over 2 162 steps. HNMR (400 MHz, d 6 -DMSO) 6 11.09 (s, 1H), 7.58 (dd, J= 8.4, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (td, J=8.6, 3.2 Hz, IH), 7.03 (dd, J=9.2, 4.4 Hz, IH) ppm. Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-(4-methyl-5-nitro-pyridin-2-yloxy)-benzonitrile (1u): Intermediate (23t) (1.78 g, 13.0 mmol), 2-chloro-4-methyl-5-nitropyridine 5 (2.31 g, 13.0 mmol) and potassium carbonate. (1.80 g, 13.0 mmol) were dissolved in DMF (120 mL). When the mixture was warmed to 60 *C, the colorless solution turned blue in 10 minutes. After 16 hours of stirring at 60 *C, the reaction mixture was allowed to cool down to room temperature and then diluted with 100 mL of Et 2 O. The inorganic precipitate was removed by 10 filtration and washed with Et 2 O. The combined organic solution (600 mL total) was transferred to a separatory funnel and washed with 60 mL of water three times and with brine one time. The solution was dried over MgSO 4 and then concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain crude brown solid. The crude solid was dissolved in MeOH (240 mL). To the solution was added 10% 15 palladium on activated carbon under nitrogen atmosphere. Replacing nitrogen gas with hydrogen gas, the reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature (if the reaction did not proceed in 30 minutes, filtrated the Pd/C was filtered off and the reaction was set up again. After 1.5 hours of stirring, palladium on carbon was filtered off and washed with MeOH. The solution 20 was concentrated under reduced pressure to obtain a pale yellow solid. The crude compound was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1/1-3/2) to afford (1u) as a white solid (2.21 g, 70% yield over.2 steps). 1 HNMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.57. (s, IH), 7.33 (ddd; J= 7.8, 3.1, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 7.29-7.22 (m, IH), 7.23 (s, OH), 7.15 (ddd, J= 9.3, 4.7, 1.6 Hz, IH), 6.82 (s, IH), 2.22 (s, 25 3H)ppm. Step C: 5-Fluoro-2-(1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5-yloty)-. benzonitrile (2u): Intermediate-(1u) (0.25 g, 1.03 mmol) and NH 4

BF

4 (0.22 g, 2.06 mmol)-were dissolved in 10 mL of mixed solvent of AcOH/water (2:1) and. cooled'to 0 *C, and followed by addition of concentrated HCI (0.43 mL, 5.16 30 mmol) and NaNO 2 (0.078 g, 1.13 mmol) to the solution at 0 "C. The color of the solution immediately turned into yellow as sodium nitrate was added. The 163 reaction mixture was then allowed to warm to room temperature. After stirring 2 hours, the solvent was removed under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene three times to removed the water, to give a pale yellow crude solid. The solid was dissolved in 10 mL of EtOAc and KOAc was added to the 5 solution. The color of suspension turned into deep orange in 30 minutes and then stirred an additional hour. The white inorganic salt was removed by filtration and washed with EtOAc. The combined filtrate was diluted with EtOAc.to.100 mL of total volume and transferred to a separatory funnel, washed with sat. NaHCO 3 (10 mL) and brine, dried over MgSO4, filtered and 10 evaporated to obtain a deep orange colored solid. The crude solid was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (2.3) to afford an orange yellow colored solid (2u) (0.23 g, 88% yield over 2 steps). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDCla) 6 8.65 (s, IH), 8.15 (s, IH), 7.30-7.34 (m, 2H), 7.32-7.22 (m, 2H), 7.12 (dd, J = 9.4, 4.7 Hz, 1 H) ppm. 15 Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1-methyl-IH-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5-yloxy) benzonitrile (3u): The intermediate (2u) (0.23 g) was dissolved in DMF (9 mL) and cooled to 0 "C. Sodium hydride (60% in oil, 0.054-g, 1.36 mmol) and methyl iodide (0.28 mL, 642 mg, 4.52 mmol) were added to the solution at 0 "C and then the reaction mixture -was stirred for an hour.at 0 *C. The mixture 20 was quenched with 10 mL of water and extracted three times with 30 mL of ether. The combined organic layer was washed with 5 mL of water twice and brine once, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil residue was purified on silica gel with EtOAc/hexane (1:1) to afford colorless oil (3u) (0.124 g, 51% yield). IHNMR (400 MHz, 25 CDCI 3 ) 6 8.56 (s, IH), 8.02 (s, 1H), 7.40-7.32 (m, 2H), 7.31-7.23 (m, 2H), 7.11-7.05 (m, IH, 4.17 (s, 3H) ppm. Step E: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fludro-2-(1 methyl-1H-pyrazolo[3,4-c]pyridin-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (4u): The intermediate (3u) was dissolved in 10 mL of MeOH, and then concentrated 30 HCI (12N, 1.0 mL., 12 mmol) and 10% palladium on activated carbon were added to the solution. The mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere. 164 After 24 hours stirring, the palladium- on activated carbon was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The obtained residue was azeotroped with a mixture of toluene and ethanol a couple of times to dryness-to afford the crude hydrochloride salt of the amine. The crude salt 5 was dissolved in 5 mL of DMF. Dilsoproylethylamine and trichloroethylcarbamate were added to the solution and heated to 80 *C. After 16 hours of stirring, DMF was evaporated off under reduced pressure and the residue was diluted with 50 mL of EtOAc and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , filtered-and concentrated under reduced 10 pressure. The obtained crude oil was purified by preparative TLC with EtOAc/hexane (2:1) and then 100% of CH 2

CI

2 to afford a colorless oil (4u) (9.0 mg, 4 % yield). 'HNMR (400 MHz, CDCI 3 ) 6 8.23 (s, IH), 7.90 (s, 1H), 7.24 (s, 1H), 7.20 (d, J = 8.2 Hz, 2H), 7.08 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.06-7.00 (m, 2H), 6.91 (td, J = 8.3, 3.1 Hz, I H), 6.82 (dd, J = 8.9, 4.7 Hz, I H), 6.46 (br, 15 1H), 6.18 (s, I1H), 5.84 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, IH), 4.36 (s, 1H),'4.34 (s, 2H), 4.05 (s, 3H), 2.28 (s, 3H), 1.28 (s, 9H) ppm. Example 107. Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-Dvrazol-3-yl)-3-45-fluoro-2-(3 pyrrolidin-1-vlmethyl-benzordlisoxazol-6-vloxy)-benzyll-urea (7v) and 1-(5-tert 20 butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol--yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1 ylmethylbenzodlisoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl1hurea (8v) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compounds 7v and 8v is shown in Figure 49. Step-A: 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy) 25 benzonitrile (3v): 3-Methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-ol (1v) (reference for - synthesis, see Indian J. Chem. Sect.B; '19:571-575 (1980))'(1.58 g, 10.6 mmol) and 2,5-difluoro-benzonitrile (2v) (1.47 g, 10.6 mmol) were combined with potassium carbonate (1.46 g. 10.6 mmol) in 15 mL of dry DMA. The - reaction wss heated in a 100 *C bath for 6 hours. The reaction was cooled 30 and diluted with EtOAc (200 mL) and washed three times with water, NH 4 CI, NaHCOa, and brine. The organic solution was dried' over MgSO 4 and concentrated. The crude residue was purified by column chromatography 165 (silica, 70-80% CH 2

CI

2 /hexane) to provide compound (3v) (1.65g, 58% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.63 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 1H), 7.44-7.41 (m, IH), 7.33 7.26 (m, IH), 7.10 -7.06 (m, 2H), 7.03 (dd, J = 8.2, 4.7 Hz, IH), 2.59 (s, 3H); MS (ESI+).m/z 269 (M+H) detected. 5 Step B: 2-(3-bromomethylbenzo[d]Isoxazol-6-yloxy)-5 fluorobenzonitrile (4v): 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzb[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy) benzonitrile (3v), (0.87 g, 3.2 mmol), N-bromosuccinimide (0.82 g, 4.6 mmol), benzoyl peroxide (0.12 g, 0.49 mmol) and o-dichlorobenzene (6 mL) were' combined in a 15 mL pressure tube. The mixture was stirred and heated in a 10 150 *C bath. After 2.5 hours the reaction was cooled and the residue was purified directly by column chromatography (silica, 70% CH 2 Cl 2 /hexanes) to provide compound (4v) (0.29 g, 26% yield) plus recovered starting material (3v) (0.57 g, 65%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.84 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, IH), 7.45-7.43 (m, IH), 7.35-7.31 (m, IH), 7.16 -7.13 (m, 2H), 7.08-7.05 (m, iH), 15 4.72 (s, 2H). Step C: 5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6 yloxy)-benzonitrile (5v): 2-(3-Bromomethylbenzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-5 fluorobenzonitrile (4v) (0.295 g, 0.850 mmol) was dissolved in dichloromethane and pyrrolidine was added dropwise (0.18 g, 2.5 mmol). 20 After 2 hours, the reaction was concentrated and partitioned between NaHCOs (15 rnL) and EtOAc (30 mL). The aqueous layer was back sitracted with EtOAc-and the organic-fractions were combined, washed with brine and dried (MgSO 4 ) to provide compound (5v) (0.27 g, 94%) which was used without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.90 (d, J = 8.6 Hz, 25 1 H), 7.42 (d, J = 6.3 Hz, 1 H), 7.30-7.26 (m, I H), 7.11 (s, 1 H), 7.07-7.02 (m, 2H), 4.02 (s, 2H), 2.62 (s, 4H), 1.82 (s, 4H); MS (ESI+) m/z 338 (M+H) detected. Step D: 5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6 yloxy)-benzylamine (6v): 5-Fluoro-2-(3-pyrroidin-1-ylmethyl 30 benzod]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzonitrile (5v) (0.20 g, 0.59 mmol) was dissolved in THF (4 mL) and cooled to O "C. A solution of lithium aluminum hydride in 166 THF (1.0 mL, 1.0 mmol) was added sloWly and the. reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After I h, the reaction was cooled to 0 "C and an additional portion of LAH in THF was added (0.9 mL, 0.9 mmol). The reaction was allowed to stir 20 minutes. The reaction was then quenched by the 5 portion-wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate at 0 *C until gas evolution ceased. THF was added and the mixture was filtered through celite and eluted with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to provide 5-fluoro-2-(3 pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzylamine (6v) (0.15 g) which was used in the next step without further purification. MS (APCI+) m/z 10 342 (M+H) detected. Step E: 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5'fluoro-2-(3 pyrrolidin-i-ylimethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (7v): 5 Flubro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzod]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzylamine, (6v) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), (5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yi)-carbamic acid 15 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (a), (68 mg, 0.21 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.038 mL, 0.22 mmol) were combined in DMF (1.5 mL) and heated at 85 *C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column chromatography (silica,-4% MeOH/CH2Cl2/0.5% Et 3 N) to provide 1 (5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrzol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl 20 benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (7v) (30 mg, 39%). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.79.(d, J= 8.6 Hz, I H), 7.16 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 7.03-6.80 (m, . 4H), 6.11 (s, IH), 5.93 (s, 1H), 5.25 (t, J= 8.6 Hz, IH), 4.38 (d, J= 6.3 Hz, 2H), 3.99 (s, 2H), 3.67 (s, 3H), 2.61 (s, 4H), 1.81 (s, 4H), 1.26 (s, 9H); MS (APCl+) m/z 521 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.61 min. 25 Step F: 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-[5-fluoro-2-( 3 pyrrolidin-1-ylmethyl-benzo[dlisoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (8v): 5 Fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1 -ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyamine (6v) (50 mg, 0.15 mmol), (5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl ester (b) (75 mg, 0.18 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine 3D (0.038 mL, 0.22 mmol) were combined in DMF (1.5 mL) and heated at 85 *C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and purified 167 by column chromatography (silica, 40 to 60% EtOAc/hexanes/0.25% EtaN) to provide .1 -(5-tert-butyl-2-p-toly-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3-pyrrolidin-1'. ylmethyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (8v) (30 mg, 34% yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz, CDC 3 ) 6 7.78 (d, J = 8.0 Hz, 1H), 7.31 (d, J = 7.0 Hz, 2H), 5 7.20 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02-6.88 (m, 5H), 6.17 (s, 1 H), 6.U2 (s, 1H), 5.30 (t, J = 8.6 Hz, 1 H), 4.36 (d, J = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 3.98 (s, 2H), 2.60 (s, 4H), 2.36 (s, 3H), 1.80 (s, 4H), 1.32 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 597 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 2.93 min. Example 108 10 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl benzodlisoxazol-6-vloxy)-benzvll-urea (10v) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound I Ov is shown in Figure 50. Step A: 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy) 15 benzylamine (9v): 5-fluoro-2-(3-methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy) benzonitrile (3v) (84 mg, 0.31 mmol; prepared as described in Example 108) was dissolved in THF (3 mL) and cooled to 0 "C. A solution of lithium aluminum hydride in THF (0.35 mL, 0.35 mmol) was added slowly and the reaction was allowed to warm to room temperature. After 1 hour the reaction 20 was quenched by the porti6n-wise addition of sodium sulfate decahydrate at 0 *d untif gas evolution ceased. THF was added and the mixture was filtered through celite 'and eluted with EtOAc. The solution was concentrated to provide crude product (9v) (66 mg) which was used without further purification. 25 Step B: 1-(5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(3 methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea (10v): 5-Fluoro-2-(3 methyl-benzo[d]isoxazol-6-yloxy)-benzylamine (9v) (60 mg, 0.22 mmol), (5 tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-341)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trifluoro-ethyl bster (12v) (89 mg, 0.22 mmol) and diisopropylethylamine (0.058 mL, 0.~33 mmol) 30 were combined in DMF (2 mL) and heated at*75 0C for 3 hours. The reaction was cooled and concentrated in vacuo and purified by column 168 chromatography (silica, 30 to 40% EtOAc/hexanes) to provide compound (10v) (90 mg, 77% yield). "H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.51 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, i H), 7.30 (d, J= 8.6 Hz, 2H), 7.20 (d, J = 7.8 Hz, 2H), 7.02-6.88 (m, 5H), 6.15 (s, i H), 5.99 (s, 1 H), 5.28 (t, J = 7.6 Hz, I H), 4.36 (dJ = 5.5 Hz, 2H), 2.53 (s, 5 3H), 2.36 (s, 13H), 1.31 (s, 9H); MS (ESI+) m/z 528 (M+H) detected; HPLC (5 to 95%) 3.49 min. Exaniple 109 Preparation of 5-bromo-I-cyclopropylmethyl-1 H-indazole B Br K 2

CO

3 N Br ~- + Br _ __ Ei DMF 100 *C LO To a solution of 5-bromoindazole (15 g, 76.1 mmol) and (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (8.12 mL, 83.7 mmol) in 75 mL of DMF, K 2

CO

3 (16 g, 114.0 rnmol) was added. The mixture was heated to 105 *C. After 24 ts hours, starting material was still observed. Additional (bromomethyl)cyclopropane (5.7 mL, 57.0 mmol) was added and reaction was heated to 105 "C for an additional 24 hours. 5-Bromoindazole was again observed so additional (bromomethyf)cyclopropane was added (4 mL, 38 mmol) and the reaction was heated at 95 "C for an additional 48~hours. After' zo disappearance of 5-bromoindazole, the reaction mixture was poured onto DCM/brine. The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with DCM (2x) and checked by TLC. No product was observed in aqueous layer. The combined organics were washed with H 2 0 (2x) and brine and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . After filtration, the filtrate was concentrated and the z5 resulting residue was purified by chromatography with 9.5:0.5 hexane/EtOAc to provide 5-bromo-1-cyclopropylmethyl-1 H-indazole (8.74 g, 45% isolated yield). 'H NMR (400 MHz CDC13) 6 7.93 (s, '1H), 7.86 (d, J = 1.57 Hz, 1H), 7.43 (dd, J = 8.61, 1.57 Hz, 1 H), 7.31 (d; J = 8.61 Hz, 1H), 4.24 (d, J = 6.26 Hz, 2H), 1.37.-1.26 (m, 1H), 0.62 - 0.55 (m, 2H), 0.43 -0.37 (m, 2H); MS 169 (APCl+) m/z 251/253 (M/M+2H, 1:1) was detected. Example 110 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutvl-1H-indazole-6-carbonitrile (17d) 5 The reaction scheme for the synthesis 6f compound 17d according to this Example is shown in Figure 51. Step A: 1,2-Dibromo-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene: 3,4-dibromotoluene (108.11 mL, 800 mmol) was added dropwis'e over 4 hours to nitric acid (90%, 280 mL, 6000 mmol) that was cooled to 0*C under a nitrogen atmosphere with io mechanical stirring. The internal temperature of the mixture was maintained below 10C during the addition and was stirred for 1 hour at 0*C after completion of addition. Water (840 mL) was added drop-wise to the mixture maintaining the internal temperature below I 0*C. The crude product was collected by filtration and was washed with water (5 X 500 mL) to remove the 15 excess nitric acid. The solids were dried under high vacuum and purified by recrystallization from ethanol (800 mL) to produce 180.9 g (77% yield) of the desired product as a solid. 'H NMR(400 r'Hz., CDC1 3 ) 6 8.24 (s, 1H), 7.64 (s, 1 H), 2.55 (s, 3H) Step B: I -Bromo-2-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene: 20 A mixture of 1,2-dibromo-4-methyl-5-nitrobenzene (84.3 g, 286 mmol), 2,4 difluorophenol (37.2 g, 286 mmol), and K2C03 (43.5 g, 315 mmol) were heated to I 00*C for 45 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and then stored in a 5"C refrigerator overnight. The reaction mixture Was poured into 1200 mL of ice water all at once. The resulting damp 25 solid was collected, partially ground up, and stirred in 900 mL H 2 0 for 45 minutes. The solid was collected by filtration and rinsed with 700 mL of water portion-wise. The resulting solid Vas dried under high vacuum overnight to yield 93.5 g of a brown solid (95%yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 8.38 (s, IH), 7.18 (m, 1H), 7.03 (m, 1H), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.52 (s, IH), 2.50 (s, 3H). 30 Step C: 5-Bromo-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methylphenylamine: 1-Bromo-2-(2,4-difluoro-phenoxy)-4-methyl-5-nitro-benzene (87.0 g, 253 mnmol) was dissolved in THF (300 mL) and diluted with MeOH (900 mL). Zinc 170 dust (82.7 g, 1.26 mol) was added and I L of saturated NH 4 C1 was added slowly so that the reaction temperature never exceeded 42 0 C. The reaction was mechanically stirred vigorously for 16 hours. The reaction was filtered through Celite and the filter cake was washed with ethyl acetate. The filtrate s was then concentrated with 1.2 L of saturated NH 4 0Ac. When the THF/MeOH was removed, the solids were collected and washed with water. The solids were then stirred in I L water for 30 min, then collected via filtration and rinsed with water (1 L) in three portions. The resulting solid was dried under high vacuum for 48 hours to produce 64 g of the desired product 10 (81%yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 314,316 (M+1, Br pattern) detected; IH NMR (400 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 6.92 (m, 1H), 6.91 (s, IH), 6.75 (m, 2H), 6.70 (s, IH), 3.57 (br. s, 2H), 2.08 (s, 3H). Step D: 6-.romo-5-(2,4-ditliuorophenoxy)-1H-indazole (14d): 5-bromo-4-(2,4-dfluorophenoxy)-2-methylbenzenediazonium 15 tetrafiuoroborate: 5-Bromo-4-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methylphenyamine (30.0 g, 96 mrnol) was dissolved in 2:1 AcOH/H 2 0 (960 mL). NH 4

BF

4 (20.0 g, 191 mmol).was added and the mixture was cooled to 3"C (-30 min). Concentrated HCI (40 mL) was then added all at once and the mixture warmed to 6"C.. The mixture was cooled to 20C and then NaNO 2 (7.25 g, 105 20 mmol) was added. The reaction mixture was stirred in the ice bath for 5 minutes and then allowed to stir for 1 hour at room temperature. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue was azeotroped with toluene (3 X 400 mL). The crude material (5-bromo-4-(2,4-difluoro phenoxy)-2-rmethyl-benzenediazonium tetrcafluoro borate) was used in the 25 next reaction without further purification. 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-H-indazole: The crude 5-bromo-4 (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-2-methyl-benzenediazoniun tetrafluoroborate was suspended in ethyl acetate (650 mL) and treated with 10 equivalents of KOAc. The mixture was vigorously stirred at room temperature for 1.5-hours and then 30 filtered and diluted to a 1 L total volume with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with saturated NaHCO 3 / brine (800 mL, 1:1). The aqueous phase. was extracted with ethyl acetate (400 mL). Thp organics were combined, 171 dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated to a brown solid (31 g, 99% yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDC 3 ) 6.10.55 (br. s, IH), 7.98 (s, 1H), 7.84 (s, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 6.99 (m, 1 H), 6.94 (m, 11H), 6.84 (m, 1 H). Step E: 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole 5 (1 5d): 6-Brono-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 H-indazole (60.0 g, 185 mmol) was dissolved in DMF and treated with K2C03 (76.5 g, 554 mmol) and with isobutyl bromide (1-26.4 g, 923 mmol). The mixture was stirred and heated to 80 *C for 16 hours. An additional 15 g of K2C03 were added and the mixture was vigorously stirred for 24 hours more. The reaction mixture was then cooled to 10 room temperature and filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in ether (1 L). The mixture was washed with 1:5 brine/water (2 X 600 mL). The aqueous phases were extracted with ether (300 mL) and the combined organics were dried (MgSO 4 ) and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed on a is Biotage Flash.75 in two batches (about 35 g each) eluting with 5% ethyl acetate in hexanes. The combined purified products yielded 30.1 g of the desired product as a solid (43% yield). MS. (ESI +) m/z 381, 383 (M+1, Br. pattern) detected; "H NMR (400 mHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.72 (s, 1 H), 7.16 (s, IH), 6B.98 (m, 1H), 6.92 (m, IH), 6.82 (m, 1H), 4.12 (d, 2H), 2.34 (m, 20 1 H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Step F: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-Isobutyl-1 H-indazele-6 carbonitrile (1.6d): 6-Bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-ir dazole (31.2 g, 82 mmol) and Cu(l)CN (13.9 g, 156 mmol) were dissolved in DMA and degassed with nitrogen under vacuum. The reaction mixture was heated 25 to 150*C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and diluted with ethyl acetate before washing twice with 7M NH 4 0H.- The organics were washed with brine and degassed with nitrogen before being dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was chromatographed eluting with 10 % ethyl acetate in hexanes to afford 25.1 g 30 of product (95% yield). Step G: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 carboxylic acid (1 7d): 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 172 . carbonitrile (25.1 g, 77 mmol) was suspended in ethanol (620 mL) and KOH (2.5 M, 310 mL) and heated to reflux for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure to remove the ethanol. The resulting aqueous solution was diluted with water 5 - and washed with ether. The aqueous layer was acidified with concentrated HCI to pH 1 and extracted with ethyl acetate several times.: The organic layers were combined and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 25.5 g of the product (96% yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDC3) 6 8.37 (s, 1H), 7.91 (s, 1H), 7.20 (m, IH), 7.07 (s, 1H), 7.04 (m, 1H), 6.95 (m, 4H), 4.24 (d, 2H), 2.36 lo (in, 1H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 111 Preparation of {3-r5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1--isobutvl-1 H-indazol-6-vloxyl propyl}-dimethylamine (20d) The reaction scheme-for the synthesis of compound 20d according-to 15 this example is shown in Figure 52. Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-IH-indazol-6-ol (15d; prepared according to Example 110, Steps A-E: 6-Bromo-5-(2,4 difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole (1.36 g, 3.6 mmol) was dissolved in dry ether (17.5 mL) and cooled to -78 0 C. n-Butyl lithium (1.7 mL of 2.5 M in 20 hexane) was added dropwise over 10 minutes and the mixture vas stirred for 30 minutes. Trimethylborate (6 mL, 53.5 mmol) was added drop-wise over 10 minutes and-the reaction mixture was- allowed to-warm to room temperature and stir for 18 hours. The mixture was cooled to -1 0*C and 2N NaOH (3.6 mL) and water (3 mL) were added followed by H 2 0 2 -(3.6 mL) and 2N NaOH 25 (3.6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours when white precipitate formed. Water (3 mL), 4N NaOH (4 mL), and H 2 0 2 (I mL) was added and the mixture stirred for another 20 minutes. The mixture was then diluted with ether and the layers separated. The aqueous layer was washed with ether, acidified and then extracted with ether (2X). The combined 30 ether extracts were washed with water and brine, dried over Na 2

SO

4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.465 g product (41% yield). 173 Step B: 6-(3-Chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl I H-indazole (1 9d): To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H indazol-6-ol (0.015 g, 0.05 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added Cs 2

CO

3 . The reaction mixture was stirred for 30 minutes before the addition of 1-bromo-3 5 chloropropane (0.01 g, 0.08 mmol) and then was heated to 80 0 C for 25 hours. After cooling the mixture to room temperature, the reaction mixture was diluted with water end ether and the layers separated. The-aqueous layer was extracted with ether and the combined organic layers were washed with I N NaOH, water, and brine. The crude mixture was dried over Na 2

SO

4 and 10 concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the product with a small impurity. The crude mixture was used in the next reaction without further purification. Step C: {3-[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-IH-indazol-6-yloxy] propyl}-dimethylamine (20d): To a solution of 2N dimethylamine in THF 15 (1.4 mL) was added 6-(3-chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl IH-indazole (0.019 g, 0.05 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 62 hours and then heated to 45 0 C for 3 hours. The-olvent was removed under reduced pressure and the residue was partitioned between dichloromethane and 0-.1N NaOH. The layers were separated and 20 the aqueous layer was extracted with dichloromethane (3X). The combined organic Iayersyere washed with water and brine and then dried over Na 2

SO

4 . The mixtuFe was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a crude mixture that was purified by reverse phase HPLC. The desired fraction was concentrated to the TFA salt (7.mg, 3.7% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 404 (M+1) 25 detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7.88 (s, IH), 7.34.(s, IH), 6.97 (m, 1H), 6.82 (s, 1H), 6.78 (m, 2H), 4.14 (m, 2H), 4.11 (d, 2H), 2.98 (m, 2H), 2.76 (s, 6H), 2.35 (m, IH), -2.22 (m, 2H), 0.95 (d, 6H). Example 112 Preparation of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutl-6-(Diperidin-4-vlmethoxy) 30 1H-indazole (21d) - - To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ol (0.06 g, 0.19 mmol) and 4-(toluene-4-sulfonyloxymethyl)-piperidine-1 174 carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.08 g, 0.20 mmol) in DMF (3 iL) was added. Nal (0.014 g, 0.009 mmol) and K2C03 (0.08 g, 0.56 mmol). The reaction mixture was heated to 70"C for 20 hours. The mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted 5 with ether (2X) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and -purified by reverse phase HPLC. The desired fraction was concentrated to 0.037 g that was then treated with HCI (4N in dioxane) for 7 hours. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and the final 10 product was dried under high vacuum to obtain 0.031 g solid (37% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z416(M+1) detected. Example 113 Preparation of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-6-(3-piperazin-1-yI-propoxy) 15 1 H-indazole (22d) To a solution of 6-(3-chloropropoxy)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl IH-indazole (0.025 g, 0.063 mmol) and Na (0.019 g, 0.13 mmol) in DMA (0.5 mL) and THF (5 mL) was added piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.059g, 0.32 mmol). The reaction-mixture was heated in a sealed reaction 20 vessel to 65 0 C for 20 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and the residue partitioned between water, brine, and ether. The layers were separated and the-aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2X). The combined organic layers were washed with water and brine and dried over Na 2

SO

4 . The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure 25 and-treated with HCI (4N in dioxane) for 3 hours. The resulting mixture was concentrated and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford 0.025 g of the TFA salt (51% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 445 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CD 3 OD) 6 7.88 (s, IH), 7.32 (s, IH), 7.17 (s,1H), 7.14 (m, IH), 6.89 (m, 2H), 4.23 (t, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 3.52 (m, 4H), 3.41 (m, 4H), 3.14 (t, 2H), 2.31 30 (m, IH), 2.19 (m, 2H), 0.92 (d, 6H). Example 114 175 - Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluoroohenoxy)-1-isobutyl-6-(morpholin-2-imethoxy) I H-indazole (23d) Step A: 2-Hydroxymethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a solution of (4-benzymorpholin-2-y)-methanol (0.66 g, 3.18 mmol, 5 Synth. Comm. 1980, 10, 59-73) in MeOH (20 mL) was added Boc anhydride (0.83 g, 3.82 mmol) followed by Pd/C (0.66 g, 6.20 mmol). The mixture was stirred under hydrogen atmosphere for 60 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford' the. product as colorless oil (0.69 g, 99% yield). 10 Step B: 2-Bromomethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a cooled (0*C) solution of 2-hydroxymethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (1.04 g, 4.79 mmol, see Step 1) in dichloromethane (20 mL) was added CBr 4 (1.98 g, 5.98 mmol). After stirring the mixture for 10 minutes, triphenyiphosphine (2.20'g, 8.38 mmol) was added portion-wise. The 15 reaction mixture was stirred at 0*C for 6 hours and then allowed to warm to room temperature and stirred for 60 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and then diluted with ether. The crude mixture was filtered and the filtrate-was concentrated to afford the crude product, which was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with dichloromethane. The desired 20 fractions were combined and concentrated to yield 0.50 g.of product (37% yield). Step C: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isoputyl-6-(morpholin-2- ylmethoxy)-l H-indazole: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-. 1 H-indazol-6-ol (0.035 g, 0.11 mmol) in DMA (3.-5 mL)-was added Cs 2 CO3 25 (0.11 g, 0.33 mmol). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 1 hour before the addition of 2-bromomethylmorpholine-4-carboxylic acid tert-butyl. ester (0.062 g, 0.22 mmol). The resulting mixture was -stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. The reaction mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3X) and 30 the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, and dried over Na 2 SO4. The crude mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and purified by reverse phase HPLC to afford the desired product. MS (APCI 176 +) m/z41.8 (M+1) detected; "H NMR (400 mHz, CD 3 OD) 67.90 (s, 1H), 7.38 (s, iH), 7.21 (s, '1), 7.11 (m, 1H), 6.84 (m, 2H), 4.22 (m, 2H), 4.18 (d, 2H), 4.05 (m, 2H), 3.31 (m, 3H), 3.03 (m, 2H), 2.31 (m, IH), 0.92 (d, 6H) Example 115 5 Preparation of 1 -f5-(2,4-difluorophenoxv)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-vloxvl-3 pyrrolidin-l-vi-propan-2-ol (24d) Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-6-oxiranyimethoxy-1H Indazole: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ol (0.15 g, 0.47 mmol) in DMA (5 mL) was added C82C03 (0.46 g, 1.41 mmol). io After stirring the mixture for 3 hours, 2-bromomethyldxirane (0.13 g, 0.94 mmol) was added and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was diluted with ether and water and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (3X) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brifte, and dried over 15 Na 2 SO4. The crude product was concentrated under reduced pressure and used in the next reaction without further.purification (0.135 g, 77% yield). . . Step B: 1-[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobuty-1 H-indazol-6-yloxy] 3-pyrrolidin-1-yl-propan-2-ol: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 isobutyl-6-oxiranylmethoxy-1 H-indazoe (0.035 g, 0.093 mmol, see Step 1) in 20 MeOH (3 mL) was added pyrrolidine (0.007 g, 0.093 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 36 hours and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was purified by reverse phase DILCto afford the final product as a TFA salt (0.037 g, 59% yield). -MS (APCI +) m/z 446 (M+1) detected; "H NMR (400 mHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 7t92 (s, I H), 7.33 (s, 1 H), 25 6.96 (m, IH), 6.88 (s, IH), 6.79 (m, 2H), 4.34 (m, 1H), 4.25 (m, IH), 4.14 (d, 2H), 3.95 (m, 1H),- 3.82 (m, 2H), 3.17 (m, IH), 3.08.(m, IH), 2.88 (m, IH), 2.78 (m, I H), 2.33 (m, IH), 2.12 (m, 4H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 116 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonic acid. 30 (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-amide (26d) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 26d according to this example is shown in Figure 53. 177 Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluoro-phenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-sulfonyl. chloride (25d): To a cooled (-78*C) solution of 6-bromo-5-(2,4 difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole (1 5d; prepared as in Example 110, Steps A-E) (2.0 g, 5.2 mmol) in THF (50 mL) under N 2 atmosphere was added 5 n-butyl lithium (1.5 ml of 2.5 M.) dropwise: The resulting solution was stirred at -78"C for 5 minutes and then transferred via cannula to a cooled (-78"C) suspension of SO2 (0.34 g, 5.25 mmol) in THF (5 mL). The mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2 hours and then diluted with ether (20 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The suspension was concentrated under reduced 10 pressure and the residue was stirred in an ice bath with saturated NaHCO 3 (15 mL) and NCS (0.77 g, 5.8 mmol) for 45 minutes. The reaction mixture was extracted with ethyl acetate (3X) and the combined organic layers were washed with brine and dried over Na 2 SO4. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford a highly viscous liquid that was used in the 15 - next reaction without further purification. Step B: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H.indazole-6-sulfonic acid (3-dimethylaminopropyl)-amide (26d): To a cooled (0 0 C) solution of 5-. (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazoe-6-sulfony chloride (0.20 g, 0.50 mmol) in dichioromethane under N 2 atmosphere was added 3 20 (dimethylamino)propylamine (0.05 g, 0.50 mmol) and triethylamine (0.15 g, 1.5 mmol) drop-wise. The reaction mixture was stirred for 4 hours and then diluted with dichloromethane (20 mL), washed with water, saturated NaHCO and brine and then dried over MgSO 4 . The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting 25 with dichloromethane/ MeOH/EtaN (95:4:1) to afford the 93 mg of final product. (40% yield'). MS (APCI -) rn/z 466 detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDC 3 ) 6. 8.15 (s, IH), 7.91 .(s, IH), 7.20 (m, 1H), 7.09 (sr IH), 7.00 (m,.IH), 6.90 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.12 (t, 2H), 2.35 (m, 3H), 2.13 (s, 6H), 1.70 (m, 2H), 0.94 (d, 6H). 30 Example 117 Preparation of (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 sulfonamido)-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (27d) 178 . Prepared as in Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2-amino-4 dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride for 3 (dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on preparatory-TLC plates eluting with hexanes/ethyl acetate/Et 3 N (50:50:5) to 5 afford the final product (37% yield). MeOH/Et 3 N (95:4:1) to afford the 93 mg of final product (40% yield). MS (APCI -) m/z 523 (M-1) detected; 'H NMR - (400 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 8.08 (s, I H), 7.90 (s, I H), 7.23 (m, I H), 7.08 (s, I H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, IH), 4.32 (t, 1H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.45 (s, 3H), 237 (m, 3H), 2.15 (s,6H), 2.05 (m, IH), 1.90 (m; IH), 0.92 (dd, 6H). 10 .Example 118 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-sulfonic acid [2-(1-methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)-ethyll-amide (28d) Prepared as In Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2-(1 methylpyrrolidin-2-yl)-ethylamine for 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine. The 15 crude product was chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with hexanes/ ethyl acetate/ Et 3 N (1:1:0.1) to afford the final product (24% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 493 (M+1) detected; 1 H NMR (400 mHz, CDC 3 ) 6 8.14 (s, 1H), 7.93 (s, IH), 7.19.(m, 1H), 7.12 (s, 1H), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.90 (m, IH), 4.23 (d, 2H), 3.12 (n, 3H), 2.44 (m, 1H), 2.36 (m, IH), 2.34 (s, 3H), 2.24 (m, IH), 20 1.92 (m, 1H), 1.77 (m, 4H), 1.51 (m, 1 H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 119 Preparation of 5-(2,,4-difluorophenox)-1-isobutM-1H-indazole-6-sulfonic n :sid (2-dimethylaminoethyl)-amide (29d) Prepared as in Example 116, Steps A and B, substituting 2 25 dimethylaminoethylamine for 3-.(dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed on preparatory TLC plates eluting with . hexanes/ ethyl acdtatel Et 3 N (1:1:0.1) to afford the final product. MS (APCI +) - /z 453 (M+1).detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 8.15. (s, IH), 7.92 (s, IH), 718 (m, IH), 7.12 (s, IH), 7.00 (m, 1H), 6.89 (m, 1H), 4.23 (d, 2H), 3.07 30 (t, 2H), 2.41 (t, 2H), 2.36 (m, IH), 2.15 (s, 6H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 120 179 Preparation of (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-. carboxamido)-4-(dimethylarmino)butanoate (30d) FF F EDC1, HOBt F 0. NqO2 2N,,CO2Me -N N CO2Me 5 Step A: (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxybutanoic acid: To a solution of L-homoserine (49.9 g, 419 mmol) in 1N NaOH (460 mL) and EtOH (400 mL) was added a solution of -Boc anhydride (100.6 g, 461 mmol) in THF (400 mL) over 15 minutes. The reaction mixture was stirred at room 1o temperature for 16 hours. The mixture was then washed with ether (3 X 500 mL), acidified with IN HCI to pH 2 and extracted with ethyl acetate (6.X 250 mL). The combined organic extracts were washed with brine (2 X 250 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure-to afford 72.6 g of white solid (79 % yield). 15 Step B: (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4-hydroxybutanolc acid dicyclohexylamine complex: Toa solution of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbonyl)-4 hydroxybutanoic acid (72.6 g, 331 mmol) in EtOH (500 mL) was added dropwise dicyclohexylamine (73 mL, 364 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 2 hours at room temperature and then concentrated under reduced pressure. 20 Thd white solid was dried under high vacuum and then triturated with ether. (1000 mL). The fine white powdeF was collected by filtration, washed with ether and dried urider high vacuum (125.6 g, 95% yield). Step C:.(S)-2-tert-ButoxycarbonyIamino-4-hydroxybutyric acid methyl ester: To a suspension of (S)-2-(tert-butoxycarbony)-4 25 hydroxybutanoic acid-dicyclohexylamine complex (110 g, 275 mmol) in DMF (900 mL) was added idodomethane (20.5 mL, 330 mmol). The mixture was 180 stirred at room temperature for 16 hours. The clear solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped- with toluene (5 X 200 mL). The residue was diluted with water (500 mL) and ethyl acetate (500 mL) and stirred for 2 hours before the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was 5 extracted with ethyl acetate (9 X 250 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine (250 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide yellow oil. The crude oil was chromatographed on silica eluting with ether/ hexanes (3:1) to afford 53 g colorless oil (83% yield). 10 Step D: (S)-4-Bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid methyl ester: To a cooled (0*C) solution of (S)-2-tert-butoxycarbonylamino 4-hydroxy-butyric acid methyl ester (28.7 g , 123 mmol) in-dichloromethane (500'mL) was added CBr 4 (51.0 g, 154 mmol). The mixture was stirred for 5 minutes before-the portion-wise addition.of triphenylphosphine (4-8.41 g, 185 is mmol). The mixture continued to stir at 0*C for 1 hour and was then allowed to warm to room temperature. The solvent was removed under reduced pressure and was then diluted with ether (500 mL) and stirred for 30 minutes. The mixture was filtered, and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ether/ hexanes. (1:2) 20 to afford 27.5 g of white solid (76% yield). Step E: (S)-2-ter-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester: To a solution-of (S)-4-bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonyamino butyric acid methyl ester (27.5 g, 93 mmol) in THF (100 mL) in a pressure reaction vesselWas added triethylamine (26 mL) and dimethylamine (93 mL 25 of 2.0 M in THF), The reaction-vessel was sealed and heated to 60*C for 16 hours and Then cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixfure was concentrated under.reduced pressure and therr dissolved in dichloromethane (500 mL). The solution was washed witi water (3 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite and concentrated under 30 reduced pressure. The residue was dried under high vacuum to afford 23.4 g of yellow oil (97% yield). 181 Step F: (S)-methyl 2-amino-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate dihydrochloride: To a cooled (0"C) solution of (S)-2-tert butoxycarbonylamino-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (23.4 g, 90 mmol) in dioxane (100 mL) was added drop-wise HCI (225 mL, 4M in 5 dioxane). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 3 hours. The solid was filtered, washed with ether (3 X 100 mL), and dried under high vacuum to afford 20.2 g of product (96% yield). Step G: (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H indazole-6-carboxamido)-4-(dimethylamino)butanoate (30d): 5-(2,4 10 Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobuty-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (17d; prepared according to Example 110) (0.396 g, 1.14 mmol) was stirred with HOBt (0.192 g, 1.26 mmol) and EDCI (0.241 g, 1.26 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) for 10 minutes at room temperature. This mixture was then added to a suspension of (S)-methyl 2-amino-4(dimethylamino)butanoate dihydrochloride (0.280 g, 15- 1.20 mmol) and triethylamine (1 mL, 6.9 mmol) in dichloromethane (6 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred for 3 hours and then was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with chloroform (50 mL) and washed with I N HCI (2 X 25 mL), saturated K2003 (2 X 50 mL), water (25 mL), brine (25 mL), and dried overMgSO 4 . The filtered solution was 20 concentrated under reduced pressure to provide yellow oil. The oil was chromltographed eluting with 5% MeOM-in dichloromethane to afford a viscous colorless oil that solidified upon drying under high vacuum (0.393 g, 71% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 489 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CD.C1 3 ) 6 8.91 (d, 1H), 8.36 (s, 1H), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.16 (m, IH), 7.03 (m, IH), 7.00 (s, 25 .1 H), 6.93 (m, 1 H), 4.88 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.74 (s, 3H), 2.34 (m, 3H), 2.06 (s, 6H), 2.01 (m, 2H), 0.92 (d, 6H). Example 121 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-N-(4-(dimethylamino)hvdroxybutan-2-yI)-1-isobutyl-IH-indazole-6-carboxamide (31d) 30 A mixture of (S)-methyl 2-(5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H indazole-6-carboxamido)-4-(dimethyiamino)butanoate (30d; Example 120, Steps A-E) (0.370 g, 0.76 mmol) and NaBH 4 (0.114 g, 3.04 mmol) in 182 THF/EtOH(20 mL, 3:2) was heated to 600C for 7 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with dichioromethane. The slurry was chromatographed on Biotage eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with 1 % triethylamine. The product was obtained as 0.337g 5 of viscous oil (97% yield). MS (ESI +') m/z 461 (M+1) detected; 1 H NMR (400 mHz, CDC1s) 6 8.34 (d, 1 H), 8.31 (s, 1 H), 7.86 (s, 1 H), 7.13 (m, 1 H), 7.02 (s, IH), 7.00 (m, IH), 6.90 (m, IH), 4.33 (m, 1H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.64 (m, 2H) 2.37 (m, 1H), 2:17 (s, 6H), 2.10 (m, IH), 1.82 (m, 1H), 1.07 (m, 2H), 0.93 (d, 6H). - Example 122 10 Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutvl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethyi-3-isopropylaminopropyl)-amide (32d) Step A: Isopropyl-(4-methoxybenzyl)-amine: A mixture of 4 methoxybenzylamine (1.37 g, 10 mmol) and acetone (0.81 mL, 11 mmol) in dry dichloroethane (20 mL) were stirred af room temperature for 30 minutes. -is To the solution was added sodium triacetoxyborohydride (3.18 g, 15 mmol) and the resulting mixture was stirred at room temperature for 17 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1 N NaOH (50 mL).and the layers were -separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with dichldromethane (2 X 20 mL). The combined extracts viere washed with water (20 mL), brine (20 mL), 20 dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with I % triethylamine to provide 1.53 g of oil (85% yield). Step B: (S)-methyl 4-bromo-2-(tort-butoxycarbonyl)butanoate: To a cooled (0*C) solution of (S)-methy'2-amino-4-bromobutanoate (1,.80 g, 6.5 25 mmol) in THF (20 mL) was added triethylamine (4.53 g, 32.5 mmol) and Boc anhydride (1.49 g, 6.83 mmol, solution in 20 mL THF). The mixture was stirred at 0*C for 30 minutes and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with 1N HCI (50 mL) and the layers were separated. The aqueous layer was extracted with ether (2 30 X 20 mL) and the combined organic extracts were washed with water (20 mL) and brine (20 mL), dried over MgSO 4 , filtered through -Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide pale yellow oil. The oil was 183 chromatographed eluting with ether; hexanes (1:2) to provide 1.45 g of colorless oil that solidified under high vacuum (75% yield). Step C: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(tert butoxycarbonyl)butanoate hydrochloride: A mixture of isopropyl-(4-. methoxybenzyl)-amine (0.111 g, 0.62 mmol), (S)-methyl 4-bromo-2-(tert butoxycarbonyl)butanoate (0.150 g, 0.51 mmol), and triethylamine (0.21 mL, 1.52 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was heated to reflux for 65 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with 5% MeOH In dichloromethane 10 to provide 0.026 g of-colorless oil (18 % yield). The compound was then. treated with HCI (1 mL of 4N in dioxane) at room temperature for 3 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum. Step D: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(5 15 (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-sobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxamido)butanoate: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (17d; prepared according to Example 110) (0.022 g, 0.064 mmol).was stirred with HOBt (0.011 g, 0.070 mmol) and EDCI (0.014 g, 0.070 mmol) in dichloroetharie (1 mL) for 10 minutes at room temperature. To this mixture 20 was then added a suspension of (S)-methyl 4-((4 methoxybenzy)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(tert-butoxycarbony)butanoate hydrochloride (0.025 g, 0.067 mmol) and triethylamine (0,054 mL, 0:384 mmol) in dichloromethane (2 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 16 hodrs. The solution vvas filtered through Celite and 25 concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was chromatographed eluting with 2% MeOH in dichloromethane with'1% triethylamine to provide 0.035 g of viscous pale yellow oil (89% yield). - Step E: (S)-N-(4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(Isopropyl)amino)-1 hydroxybutan-2-y)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyi-1H-indazole-6 30 carboxamide: (S)-methyl 4-((4-methoxybenzy)(isopropyl)amino)-2-(5-(2,4 difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6-carboxamido)butanoate (0.035 g, 0.057 mmol) and NaBH 4 (0.022 g, 0.57 mmol) were dissolved in THF/MeOH 184 (5 mL, 3:2) and heated to 50"C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled tor room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The reside was chromatographed eluting with 5% MeOH in dichioromethane with I % triethylamine to provide 0.020 g of gel (59% yield). 5 Step F: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6 carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethyl-3-isopropylaminopropyl)-amide (32d): To a solution of (S)-N-(4-((4-methoxybenzyl)(isopropyl)amino)-1 hydroxybutan-2-y)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 carboxamide (0.020 g, 0.033 mmol) in MeOH (5 mL) was added wet Pd/C 10 (0.020 g, 10% by weight). The mixture was purged with hydrogen several times and then stirred at room temperature under- H 2 atmosphere for 5 hours. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure.'The residue was chromatographed eluting with 10% MeOH in dichloromethane with 2% triethylamine to provide 9.4 mg colorless gel 15 (60% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 475 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDCla) 6 8.40 (d, 1H), 8.31 (s, IH), 7.87 (s, IH), 7.13 (m, 1H), 7.03 (s, 1H), 7.01 (m, I H), 6.91 (m, 1 H), 4.33 (m, I H), 4.22 (d, 2H), 3.69 (m, 2H), 2.69 (m, 2H), 2.37 (m, 2H), 1.32 (m, 2H), 1.09 (d, 3H), 1.01 (d, 3H), 0.93 (d, 6H). Example 123 20 Preparation of (S)-2-{{5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole-6 carbonylp-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid (33dt Step A: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-lsobuty-1H-indazole-6 . carboxylic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yi ester: 5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 . Isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1 7d; prepared according to Example 25 110) (25.0 g, 72.2 mmol), EDCl (18.0 g,.93.8 mmol), and 1 hydroxypyrrolidine-2,5-dione (9.97 g, 86.6 mmol) were suspended in dichloromethane and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with dichloromethane (500 mL) and washed with saturated NH 4 Cf (2 X 200 mL), saturated NaHCO 3 (2 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The 30 organics were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product as yellow foam. 185 Step B: (S)-2-{([5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1.-sobutyl-1H-indazole-6 carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorOphenoxy)-1 -isobuty-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid 2,5-dioxopyrrolidin-1-yl ester (32.0 g, 72.2 mmol) and 2-amino-4 5 dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (19.35 g, 83.0 mmol) in dichloromethane was added triethylamine (35 mL, 253 mmol) and the mixture stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with dichloromethane (400 mL). The solution was washed with saturated NH 4 Cl (2 X 200 mL), saturated 10 NaHCO 3 (2 X 200 mL) and brine (200 mL). The organics were dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford the crude product. Step C: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-sobutyl-1H-indazole-6-. carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethyamiiobutyric acid (33d): Potassium trimethylsilanolate (1.77 g, 13.8 mmol) was added to a solution of (S)-2-{[5 is (2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carbonyl]-amino}-4 dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester (3.36 g, 6.88 mmol) In THF (5 mL). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. HCI (17 mL of 4M in dioxane) was added to the mixture before it was concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was suspended in dichloromethane and 20 filtered. The filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2.23 g of product (68% yield). MS (ESI-+) mlz 475 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO-Do) 6 8.81 (d, iH), 8.02 (s, IH), 7.99 (s, IH), 7.48 (m, IH), 7.25 (m, IH), 7.22 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, IH), 4.50 (rp, IH), 4.28 (d, 2H), 3.17 (m, IH), 3.04 (m, 1H), 2.70 (s,.6H), 2.25 (m, 2H), 2:13 (m, IH), 0.87 (d, 6H). 25 Example 124 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenox-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethyl-3-piperidin.-1-yl-prmply-amide (34d) Step A: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-piperidln-1 -yl-butyric acid methyl ester: (S)-4-Bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 30 methyl ester (0.10 g, 0.34 mmol) (prepared as in Example 120, Steps A-D) and piperidine (1 mL) were heated to 50 0 C for 16 hours and then cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue 186 was azeotroped with toluene (3 X 10 mL) and then chromatographed eluting with MeOH/ dichloromethane (1:9) to provide 93 mg of colorless oli (97% yield). Step B: (S)-2-Amino-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester 5 dihydrochloride: HCI (0.45 mL of 4M in dioxane) Was added to (S)-2-tert Butoxycarbonylamino-4-piperidin-1 -yl-butyric acid methyl ester and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dried under high vacuum for 16 hours to provide the product (46% yield). 10 Step C: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobuty-1H-indazole-6 carbonyl]-amino}-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (0.050 g, 0.14 mmol), (S)-2-amino-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (0.043 g, 0.16 mmol), EDCI (0.033g, 0.17 mmol) and HOBt 15 (0.023 g, 0.17 mmol) in dichloromethane was added dropwise DIEA (0.093 g, 0.72 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until HPLC analysis showed consumption of the starting material and then was diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO3. The organic layer was dried over MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The 20 residue was chromatographed to afford 0.051 g of product (67% yield). Step D: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-Isobutyl-1H-indazole-6 carboxylic acid (1-hydroxymethy-3-piperidin-1-yl-propyl)-amide (34d): Sodium borohydride (0.012 g, 0.31 mmol) was added portion-wise to a heated (50 0 C) solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluoro-phenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-Indazole-6 25 carbonyl]-amino}-4-piperidin-1-yl-butyric acid methyl ester (0.022 g, 0.042 mmol) in MeOH. The reaction mixture was stirred at 50*C until HPLC analysis showed consumption of the starting material. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate and 1 N HCI. The organics were extracted with 1 N 30 HCI until the organic layer contained no product by HPLC analysis. The aqueous solution was basified to pH 14 with NaOH and then extracted with dichloromethane several times. The combined organics were dried over 187 MgSO 4 and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 9.1 mg of oil (44% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 501 (M+1) detected. Example 125 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxyllc 5 acid (3-dimethylamino-1-dimethvlcarbamovlpropyl)-amide (35d) To a solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole 6-carbonyl]-amino}-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid (33d; Example 123) (0.100 g, 0.21 mmol), dimethylamine (0.095 g, 2.11 mmol), EDCI (0.053 g, 0.27 mmol), HOBt (0.037 g, 0.27 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane was added drop .0 wise DIEA (0.082 g, 0.63 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature until complete consumption of the starting material was observed by HPLC analysis. The reaction mixture was-then diluted with dichloromethane and washed with saturated NaHCO 3 , dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on 15 Isolute SPE column flash Si (5g) eluting with a gradient TEA/ dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 99.7), TEA/MeOH/ dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 0.5: 99.2), TEA/ MeOH/ dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 2.5: 97.2), TEA/MeOH/dichloromethane (100 mL, 0.3: 5: 94.7). The final product was obtained in 86% yield. MS (ESI +) m/z 502 (M+1) detected; 1 H NMR-(400 26 mHz, DMSO-D 6 ) 6 8.63 (d, IH), 8.01 (s, 1H), 7.96 (s, IH), 7.48 (m, IH), 7.23 (m, IH), 7.20 (s, IH), 7.09 (m, 1H), 4.98 (m, 1H), 4.26 (d, 2H), 3.07 (s, 3H)F 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.23 (m,.2H), 2.13 (m, 1H), 2.03 (s,.6H), 1.80 (m, 1H), 1.65 (m, I H), 0.86 (d, 6H). Example 126 25 Preparation of (S)-5-(24-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboylic acid (3-:dimethylamino-1-methylcarbamovlpropvl)-amide (36d) Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting methylarnine for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 78% yield. MS (ES[ +) m/z 488 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, CDCIs) J 9.05 (d, I H), 30 8.29 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.44 (m, 1-H), 7.19 (m, IH), 7.02 (m, iH), 7.01 .(s, I H), 6.93 (m, IH), 4.78 (m, I H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 2.81 (d, 3H), 2.50 (m, I H), 2.42 (m, IH), 2.36 (m, 1H), 2.23 (s, 6H), 2.15 (m, IH), 1.88 (m, IH), 0.92 (d,6H). 188 Example 127 Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorothenoxy)-l-isobutvl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid (1-carbamoyl-3-dimethylamino-propyl)-amide (37d) Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting 5 ammonia for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 70% yield; MS (APCI +) m/z 474 (M+1) detected; 1 H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO-De) 6 8.59 (d, IH), 8.07 (s, IH), 8.01 (s, IH), 7.50 (m, 1H), 7.39 (s, 1H), 7.27 (m, 1H), 7.19 (s, 1H), 7.11 (m, 2H), 4.44 (m, IH), 4.27 (d, 2H), 2.24 (m, 2H), 2.15 (m, 1H), 2.00 (s, 6H);1.88 (m, 1H), 1.71 (m, 1H), 0.86 (d, 6H). 10 Example 128 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid {1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyll-amide (38d) To a cooled (0 0 C) solution of (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl I H-indazole-6-carbonyl)-amino)-4-dimethylaminobutyric acid methyl ester is (see Exampe 123, Steps A-B) (0.112 g, 0.229mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added dropwise methyl magnesium bromide (2.00. mL of 1.4M solution). The reaction mixture was allowed to warm to room temperature and stir for 16 hours under a N 2 atmosphe-e. The mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate and saturated NH 4 CL. The layers were separated and the aqueous 20 layer was extracted with ethyl acetate twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na 2

SO

4 , filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on Isolute.SPE -column flash Si (5g) eluting with a gradient TEA/CH 2 Cl 2 (100 mL, 0.3: 99.7), TEA/MeOHI/CH 2

CI

2 (100 mL, 0.3: 0.5: 99.2), TEA/MeOH/CH 2

C

2 (100 mL, 0.3: 2.5: 97.2), 25 TEA/MeOHI CH 2

C

2 (100 mL, 0.3: 5: 94.7). The final product was obtained in 41 % yield. MS (APCI +) m/z 489 (M+1) detected; "H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO

D

6 ) 6 8.00 (8, 1H), 7.97 (d, IH), 7.89- (s, 1H), 7.48 (m, 1H), 7.23 (m, 1H), 7.18 .. (s, I H), 7.10 (m, I H), 4.58 (m, IH), 4.27 (d, 2H), 3.88 (m, 1H), 2.23 (m, 2H), 2.07 (s, 6H), 1.88 (m, IH), 1.43 (m, IH), 1.13 (s, 3H), 1.04 (s, 3H), 0.86 (dd, 30 6H). Example 129 189 Preparation of (S)-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutl-1 H-indazole-6-carboxvlic acid {1-hydroxvmethyl-3-(2-methoxvethyl)-methylaminol-ropvl)-amide (39d) Step A: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-iodobutyric acid methyl ester: A mixture of (S)-4-bromo-2-tert-butoxycarbonylaminobutyric acid 5 methyl- ester (1.19 g, 4.0 mmol) (Example 120, Steps A-D) and Nal (6.0 g, 40.0 mmol) in acetone (25 mL) was heated to 70 0 C for 2 hours. The mixture was then cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and partitioned between water (10 mL) and ether (40 mL). The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with water (10 mL), dried over 10 MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 1.26 g of the product (92% yield). Step B: (S).2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-[(2-methoxyethyl) methylamino]-butyric acid methyl ester: A mixture of (S)-2-tert butoxycarbonylamino-4-iodobutyric acid methyl ester (0.200 g, 0.58 mmol), 15 (2-methoxyethyl)-methylamine (0.062 g, 0.70 mmol), and triethylamine (0.41 mL, 2.9 mmol) in dioxane (1 mL) was stirred at 70 0 C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure, and dissolved in dichloromethane (20 mL). The solution was washed with water (3 X 10 mL), brine (10 mL), dried over MgSO4, filtered through Celite, and 20 concentrated under reduced pressure. The tan oil was chromatographed eluting with-ether to provide 0.87 g of pale yellow oil (49% yield). Step C: (S)-2-Amino-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino]sbutyric acid methyl ester dihydrochloride: (S)-2-tert-Butoxycarbonylamino-4-[(2 methoxyethyl)-methylamino]-butyric acid methyl ester (0.086 g, 0.28 mmol) 25. was treated with HCI (I mL of 4M in dioxane) and sonicated. The mixture was concentrated and dried under high vacuum to provide the product. Step D: (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 carbonyl]-amino)-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino]-butyric acid methyl ester: To a solution of 5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 30 carboxylic acid (prepared as in Example 110, Steps A-G) (0.094 g, 0.27 mmol), (S)-2-amino-4-[(2-methoxy-ethyl)methyi-amino]-butyrc acid methyl ester dihydrochloride (0.079 g, 0.28 mmol), EDCI (0.057 g, 0.30 mmol) and 190 HOBt.(0.045 g, 0.30 mmol) in dichloroethane (2 mL) was added dropwise triethylamine (0.23 mL, 1.62 mmol). The reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2.5 hours. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed, eluting with ethyl acetate, to afford 0.100 g of 5 product (69% yield). Step E: (S)-5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazole-6 carboxylic acid {1-hydroxymethyl-3-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamino] propyl}-amide (39d): (S)-2-{[5-(2,4-Difluorephenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazole -6-carbony]-amino}-4-[(2-methoxyethyl)-methylamio]-butyric acid methyl 10 ester (0.023 g, 0.043 mmol) and NaBH 4 (0.016 g, 0.43 mmol) were dissolved in THF/MeOH (7 mL, 5:2) and heated to 7 0 *C in a sealed vial for 5 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, concentrated under reduced pressure and chromatographed eluting with TEA/ethyl acetate (1:4) to provide 0.007 g of the product as viscous oil (31 % yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 505 (M41) 15 detected. Example 130 Preparation of (S)-5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutvl-1H-indazole-6-carboxylic acid [3-dimethylamino-1-(2-hydroxyethvlcarbamoyl)-propyll-amide (40d) Prepared according to the procedure in Example 125, substituting 2 20 aminoethanol for dimethylamine. The product was obtained in 51% yield: MS (APCI +) m/z 518 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDC1 3 ) 6 9.00 (d, IH), 8.29 (s, IH), 7.86 (s, IH), 7.81 (t, IH), 7.18.(m, 1H), 7.02 (m, 1H), 7.00 (s, I H), 6.92 (m, I H), 4.82 (m, 1 H), 4.21 (d, 2H), 3.42 (m, 2H), 2.86 (m, 1 H), 2.49 (m, 2H), 2.35 (mIH), 2.23.(s, 6H), 2.17 (m, 2H), 1.94 (m, IH), 0.92 (d, 6H). 25 Example 131 Preparation of N'-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-6-ll-N.N dimethylpropane-1,3-diamine (41d) 191 F F NaO-tSu, F NH 2 Kdda FPddba3 F 0 BINAP Br N dioxaneNN' NBr NNH N A mixture of 6-bromo-5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-l-isobutyl-1H-indazoie (15d; Example 110, Steps A-E) (0.030 g, 0.079 mmol), 3 (dimethylamino)propylamine (0.012 g, 0.11.8 mmol), BINAP (0.009 g, 0.016 5 mmol), Pd 2 dbaa (0.007 g, 0.008 mmol), and NaOtBu (0.008 g, 0.087 mmol), in dioxane were mixed in a flask and purged with N 2 three times. The reaction mixture.was then heated to 100"C for 16 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and partitioned between ethyl acetate (20 mL) and brine (20- mL). The aqueous phase was extracted with ethyl acetate and the io combined organics were dried over MgSO4 and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was.chromatographed on silica eluting with acetone/ ether (1:1.5) with 0.2% triethylamine. The product was chromatographed again eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 0.022 g of the product as colorless oil (69% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 403 (M+1),detected; 'H 15 NMR.(40,0 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.70 (s, 1H), 6.95 (m, 3H),.6.80 (m, IH), 6.40 (s, 1 H), 5.48 (br. s, I H), 4.06 (d, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.43 (m, 2H), 2.35 (m, I H), 2.20 (s, 6H), 1.86 (m, 2H), 0.94 (d, 6H). Example 132 Preparation of 5-(2.4-difluorophenoxy)-1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yll-piperidin-4 20 Yl-amine Step A: 4-[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-6 ylamino]-piperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: Prepared as in Example 131, substituting 4-aminopiperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester for 3-(dimethylamino)propylamine. The crude product was chromatographed 192 on silica eluting with ether/hexanes (1:2) to afford 0.035 g of the product as yellow oil (78% yield). Step B: [5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-6-yl] piperldin-4-yl-amine (42d): To a solution of 4-[5-(2,4-difluorophenoxy)-1 5 isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-ylamino]-piperidine-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.035 g, 0.070 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (2 mL) was added HCI (2 mL of 4M in dioxane). The mixture was stirred'at room temperature for 40 minutes and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was azeotroped with MeOH (2X) to afford 0.032 g of yellow solid as the dihydrochioride salt (97% 10 yield). 'H NMR (400 mHz, CDaOD) 6 8.06 (s, IH), 7.26 (m, IH), 7.20 (m, IH),. 7.04 (m, 1 H), 6.93 (s, I H), 6.89 (s, 1 H), 4.27 (d, 2H), 3.95 (m, I H), 3.52 (m, 2H), 3.28 (m, 2H), 2.34 (m, 3H), 1.83 (m, 2H), 0.95 (d, 6H). Example 133 Preparation of [5-(2.4-difluorophenoxv)-1,isobutyl-1 H-indazol-6-yl}-piperidin-3 15 ylmethylamine (43d) Step A: 3-([5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-6 ylamino]-methyl)-piperdine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: Prepared according to the procedure in Example 131, substituting 3 aminomethylpiperidine-1-carboxylic acid tert-buty ester for 3 20 (dimethylamino)pr6pyla'mine. The crude product was chromatographed on silica eluting with ether/ hexanes (1:2) to afford 0.051 g'of the product as yellow foam (94% yield). Step B: [5-(2,4-Difluorophenoxy)-1-isobutyl-1H-indazol-6-yl] piperidin-3-ylmethylamine (43d): To a cooled (O*C) solution of -{[5-(2,4 25' difluoro-phenoxy)-1-isobutyl-iH-indazol-6-ylamino]-methy}-piperidine-1 carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.051 g, 0:099 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (3 mL) was added concentrated HCI (0.18 mL). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 16 hours. Additional'concentrated HCI (0.4 mL) was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 24 hours more. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with MeOH (3X) to afford 0.037 g of off white solid (77% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 415 (M+1) detected. 193 Example 134 Preparation of 2-(5-{2-{3-(5-tert-buyi-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-uredomethyll 4-fluorophenoxy}-indazol-1-yl)-N.N-dimethylacetamide (47d) The reaction scheme for the synthesis of compound 47d according to 5 this invention is shown in Figure 54. Step A: 2-[5-(2-Cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)-Indazol-1-yI]-N,N dimethylacetamide (45d): To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy) benzonitrile (44d) (0.200 g, 0.790 mmol) in DMF (6 mL) was added 2-chloro N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.115 g, 0.948 mmol) and tetrabutyl ammonium io iodide (0.088 g, 0.237 mmol), followed by K 2 C0 3 (0.164 g, 1.19 mmol). The mixture was heated to 11 0"C for 48 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with I N HCI, filtered, and chromatographed on Biotdge eluting with 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to 15 'afford 0.032 g of the product (12% yield). Step B: 2-[5-(2-Aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl]-NN dimethylacetamide (46d): To a solution of 2-[5-(2-cyano-4-fluorophenoxy) indazol-1-yl}-N,N-dimethylacetamide (0.090 g, 0.266 mmol) in EtOH (0.5 mL) was added CoBr 2 (27 pL, 0.005 mmol) followed by [2,2']bipyridinyl (81pL, 20 0.015 mmol). NaBH 4 (0.030 g, 0.798 mmol) was added to the mixture and it was stir-red at room temperature for 13 hours. The mixture was treated with another portion each of CoBr 2 , [2,2']bipyridinyl, and NaBH 4 and stirred for another 18 hours. The mixture was quenched with MeOH, followed by acetic acid and then concentrated under reduced pressure. The white residue was 25 partitioned between saturated NaHCO 3 and ethyl acetate. The organic layer was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressu-e to afford 10 mg of white solid (11% yield). Step C: 5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine: A solution of p tolyl-hydrazine hydrochloride (15.86 g, 100 mmol) and pivaloylacetonitrile 30 (17.9 g, 143 mmol) dissolved in MeOH (65 mL) was heated to reflux for 18 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was cooled to room temperature and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue-was triturated with 194 ether and collected by filtration. The solid was dried under high vacuum to provide 26.6_ g of white solid (99% yield). Step D: (5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2 trichloroethyl ester: A cooled (0*C) biphasic solution of 5-tert-butyl-2-p-tolyl 5 2H-pyrazol-3-ylamine (26.6 g, 100 mmol)-in water (80 mL) and ethyl acetate (180 mL) was treated with NaOH (10 g, 250 mmol) followed by trichloroethylchloroformate (29.7 g, 140 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The layers were separated and the organic layer was washed with brine (100 mL), dried over. 10 MgSO 4 , filtered through Celite, and concentrated under reduced pressure to provide 40.3 g of pale yellow solid (99% yield). Step E: 2-(5-{2-[3-(5-tert-Butyl-2-p-tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl) ureidomethyl]-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl)-N,N-dimethylacetamide (47d): To a solution of 2-[5-(2-aminomethyl-4-fluoro.-phenoxy)-indazol-1 -yl] 15 N,N-dimethylacetamide (46d) (0.010 g, 0.029 mmol) and (5-tert-butyl-2-p tolyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (0.013 g, 0.032 mmol) in DMF (1 mL) was added DIEA (0.01 mL, 0.058 mmol). The mixture was heated to 804C for 18 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The 20 solution was washed with IN HCI, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The oil was chromatographed eluting with dichloromethanelether (10:1.) and then 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 6.3. mg of pale yellow oil (36% yield). MS (APCI +) m/z 59.8 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 rnHz, DMSO-De) 6 8-.29 (s, 1H), 7.97 (s, 1H), 7.58 (d, IH), 7.36 (d, 2H), 7.28 (d, 25 2H), 7.19 (d, IH), 7.12 (d, IH), 7.07 (m, 2H), 6.99.(m, IH), 6.84 (m, IH), 6.24 (s, IH), 5.40 (s, 2H), 4.28 (d, 2H), 3.10 (s, 3H), 2.84 (s, 3H), 2.35 (s, 3H), 1.25 (s, 9H). Example 135 Preparation of 1-(5-tert-butVl-isoxazol-3-vl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H 30 indazol-5-vloxy)-benzyl-urea (48d). Step A: I -isobutyl-5-methoxy-I H-indazole: A solution of 5-methoxy 1 H-indazole (5.00 g, 33.7 mmol) in DMF (100 mL) was treated with K 2 CO3 195 - (5.83 g, 42.2 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes. To this solution was added 1-bromo-2-methylpropane (5.09 g, 37.1 mmol) and the resulting mixture was heated to 11 0*C for 18 hours. Another equivalent of 1 bromo-2-methyl-propane was added and the mixture continued to heat for 48 5 hours more. The mixture was concentrated under reduced pressure and dissolved in dichloromethane. The solution was washed with IN HCI, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was - chromatographed on Biotage eluting with hexaneslether (5:1) to afford 2.51 g of orange oil (36% yield). 10 Step B: 1-lsobutyl-IH-indazol-5-ol: To a cooled (-78 0 C) solution of 1 isobutyl-5-methoxy-1 H-indazole (2.57 g, 12.6 mmol) in dichloromethane (100 mL) was added BBra (25 mL of I M solution in dichloromethane). The mixture was stirred at -78*C for 2'hours and then warmed to room temperature and stirred for 18 hours. The reaction mixture was poured into ice water and 15 extracted with dichloromethane. The organic extract was filtered and concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 2.3 g of solid (96% yield). Step C: 5-Fluoro2-( 1-isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrlie: To a solution of 1-isobutyl-IH-indazol-5-ol (2.33 g, 12.2 mmol) and K 2 CO3 (2.03 g, 147 mmol) in DMF (75 mL) was added 2,5-difluorobenzonitrile (1.87 g. 20 13.5 mmol). The mixture was heated to 11 0*C for 18 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was concentrated-under reduced, pressure and the residue was dissolved in- dichloromethane. The solution was.washed with 1N HCI, filtered, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromat6raphed on Biotage eluting with hexanes/ether (5:2) to afford 25 3.05 g of pale yellow oil.(81% yield). Step D: 5-Fluoro-2-(1-isobutyl-1H.indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylamine: To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 -isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yioxy)-benzonitrile (3.05 g, 9.86 mmol) purged with N 2 in MeOH (50 mL) was added concentrated HC (1.6 mL) and Pd(OH) 2 /C (1-5% wt; 0.457 g). The mixture was stirred at room 30 temperature for 18 hours under H 2 atmosphere. The catalyst was removed by filtration and the solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 3.32 g of pale yellow foam (96% yield). 196 Step E: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-3-yl)-3-[5-fluoro-2-(1-Isobuty-1H indazol-5-yloxy)-benzyl]-urea: To a cooled (00C) solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 isobutyl-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzylamine (0.364 g, 1.04 mmol) and DIEA (0.5 mL, 2.08 mmol) in dichioromethane (1-0 mL) was added triphosgene (0.131 g, 5 0.374 mmol). The mixture was stirred at 00C for 1 hour and then stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture .was concentrated under reduced pressure and suspended in dichloromethane (10 mL) making a 0.123 M solution. 0.4 mL of this solution (0.015 g, 0048 mmol) was treated with 5-tert-butyl-isoxazol-3-ylamine (0.008 g, 0.053 mmol). 10 The product was obtained in 44% yield. MS (APCI +) m/z 480 (M+1) detected. Example 136 Preparation of 1-(3-tert-but-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-45-fluoro-2-1 -(2-piperazin-1-yl ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-vloxyl-benzyl}-urea (49d) Step A: 2-[1-(2,2-Dimethoxyothyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy].5 i5 fluorobenzonitrile: To a cooled (00C) solution.of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5r yloxy)-benzonitrile (0.100 g, 0.395 mmol) and 2-bromo-1,1-dimethoxyethane (0.114 g, 0.671 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was added NaH (0.024 g of 60%, 0.59 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. Tetrabutyl ammonium iodide (0.029 g, 0.079 mmol) was added to the 20 mixture and it was heated to 60*C for 3 hours. The mixture was cooled to room temperature, diluted with water (4 mL), and extracted with ether (3 X 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with water (2 X 5 mL) and brine, dried over- MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure: The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetatelhexanes (1:2) to afford 0.066 25 g of product (49% yield). Step B: 5-Fluoro-2-[1-(2-oxoethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy] benzonitrile: To a solution of 2-[l-(2,2-dimethoxyethy)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5 fluorobenzonitrile (1.42 g, 4.16 mmol) in dichloromethane (62 mL) was added iodotrimethylsilane (3.33 g, 16.64 mmol) portion-wise over 3 hours. The 30 mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Aqueous NaHCO 3 (60 mL) was added to the mixture and it was extracted with ethyl acetate (2 X 50 mL). The combined extracts were washed with Na 2

S

2 0 4 , brine, dried over 197 MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude product was used in the next reaction without further purification. Step C: 4-{2-[5.-(2-Cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yi]-ethyl} piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a solution of 5-fluoro-2-[1 5 (2-oxo-ethyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (0.307 g', 1.04 mmol) and triacetoxyborohydride (0.66 g, 3.1 mmol) in dichloroethane (10 mL) was added piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester. (0.65 g, 3.49 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was quenched with MeOH (2 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (100 mL). The 10 solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO3, brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate/hexanes (2:3, with 1% triethylamine) to afford 0.29 g of product (60% yield). Step D: 4-{2-[5-(25Aminomethyl-4-fludrophnoxy)-indazol-1-yl] 15' ethyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester: To a solution of 4-{2 [5-(2-cyano-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yI]-ethyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.160 g, 0.344 mmol), CoBr 2 (0.008 g, 0.034 mmol), [2,2']bipyridinyl (0.016 g, 0.010 mmol) in EtOH (6 mL) was added NaBH 4 (0.039 g, 1.0mmol). The mixture was stirred for 3 hours at room temperature. 20 The reaction was quenched with MeOH (3 mL) and acetic acid (10- drops). 'The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure and diluted with ethyl acetate. The mixture was washed with aqueous'NaHCOs, brine, dried over MgSO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The crude oil was chromatographed elutirig with 1 % triethylamine in ethyl acetate, MeOH/ 25 CH 2

CI

2 /hexanes (1:15:15, 1% triethylamine), then MeOH/CH 2 Cl 2 /hexanes (1:10:10, 1% triethylamine). The pure product was obtained in 86% yield. Step E: (3-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-carbamic acid 4-nitrophenyl ester: A solution of 3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5-yamine (2.50 g, 17.83 mmol) in dichloromethane was treated with pyridine (2 mL, 26.7 mmol) followed by p 30 nitrophenyl chloroformate (3.77 g, 18:73 mmol). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. The reaction mixture was washed with 1N HCI, 198 filtered,.and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was triturated with ether and collected by filtration to afford 2.2 g of product (41% yield). Step F: 4-[2-(5-{2-[3-(3-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-ureidomethyl]-4 fluorophenoxy}-Indazo-1 -yl)-ethyl]-piperazine-1 -carboxylic acid tert 5 butyl ester: A solution of 4-{2-[5-(2-aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1 yI]-.ethyl}-piperazine-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.050 g, 0.107 mmol) dissolved in dichloromethane (2 mL) was treated with (3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5 yl)-'carbamic agid 4-nitrophenyl ester (0.081 g, 0.266 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate (60 10 mL), washed with IN NaOH (5 mL), water (2 X 10 mL), brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with acetone/hexanes (2:3, then 1:1) to afford 0.056 g of product (83% yield). Step G: 1-(3-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-5-yi)-3-{5-fluoro-2-[I-(2-piperazin is 1-yl-ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]-benzyl}-urea: 4-[2-(5-{2-[3-(3-tert-Butyl isoxazol-5-yI)-ureidomethyl]-4-fluorophenoxy}-indazl-1 -yl).ethyl]-piperazine - 1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester (0.056 g, 0.088 mmol) was treated with TFA/

CH

2 C1 2 (1-:1, 2 mL) and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The mixture .was concentrated under reduced pressure and azeotroped with toluene. The 20 residue was diluted with ethyl acetate (40 mL) and washed with IN NaOH and brine. The solution was concentrated under reduced pressure to afford 0.038 . g of the product (80% yield); MS (ESI +-) m/z 536 (M+1) detected; !H NMR (400 mHz, CDCl 3 ) 6 7.81 (s, IH), 7.35 (d, IH), 7.15 (dd, IH), 7.08 (s, 1H), 7.05 Cd, IlH), 6.88 (m, IH), 6.76 (m, 1H), 6.28 (m, IH), 5.99 (s, IH), 4.46 (m, 25 4H), 2.86 (m, 2H), 2.79 (m, 4H), 2.43 (m, 4H), 1.26 (s, 9H). - Example 1.37 Preparation of 1-(3-tert-butyl-isoxazol-5-yl)-3-f2-1-(2-dimethylaminoethyl)-1 H indazol-5-yloxyl-5-fluoro-benzyl}-urea (50d) Step A: 2-[1-(2-Dimethylaminoethyl)-1H-indazol,5-yoxy]-5 30 fluorobenzenitrile: A solution of 5-fluoro-2-[1-(2-oxoethyl)-1 H-indazol-5 yloxy]-benzonitrile (0.110 g, 0.372 mmol) (prepared according to the procedure in Example 136, Steps A-B) and sodium triacetoxyborohydride 199 - (0.39 g, 1.9 mmol) in dichloroethane (3 mL) was treated with dimethylamine (0.17 g, 3.7 mmol) and stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. The reaction was quenched with MeOH (1 mL) and diluted with ethyl acetate (30 mL). The solution was washed with aqueous NaHCO 3 , brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and 5 concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate and then acetone/ hexanes (2:3 with I % triethylamine) to afford 0.115 g of product (95%'yield). Step B: {2-[5-(2-Aminomethyl-4-fluorophenoxy)-indazol-1-yl] ethyl)-dimethyamine: To a cooled (O*C) solution of 2-[1-(2- . 10 dimethylaminoethy)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5-fluorobenzonitrile (0.115 g, 0.303 mmol) in THF (3 mL) was added LAH (0.61 mL of 1 M in THF). The mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1.5 hours. The mixture was quenched With water (23 pL), 3N NaOH (23 pL) and water (69 pL). The salts were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced 15 'pressure to afford 0.113-g of product (97% yield). Step C: 1-(3-tert-Butyl-isoxazol-5-y)-3-{2-[1-(2-dimethylamino ethyl)-1H-indazol-5-yloxy]-5-fluoro-benzyl}-urea: A solution of {2-[5-(2 Aminomethyl-4-fluerophenoxy)-indazol-1-yI]-ethyl}-dimethylamine (0.020 g, 0.061 mmol) in DMF (1 mL)-was treated with (3-tert-buylisoxazol5-y) 20 carbamic acid 41nitrophenyl ester (0.020 g, 0.067 mmol) (prepared according to Example 136, Step E). The mixture stirred at room temperature for 18 hours under a N 2 atmosphere. The reaction mixture was chromatographed eluting with dichloromethane/ether,(10:1) and then 5% MeOH in dichloromethane to afford 5.3 rrig of pale yellow oil (18% yield). MS (APCI. +) 25 m/z 495 (M+1) detected; 1H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO - De) 6 10.14 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, 1 H), 7.22 (d, 1H), 7.16 (m, 2H), 7.08 (m, IH), 6.88 (m, 2H), 5.93 (s, IH), 4.48 (t, 21-), 4.35 (d, 2H), 2.70 (t, 2H), 2.17 (s, 6H), 1.23 (s, 9H). Example 138 30 Preparation of I -(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazoI-3-yl)-3-5-fluoro-2-r-(2 hydroxy-2-methylbropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxyl-benzvl}-urea (51d) 200 Step A: 5-Fluoro-2-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1H-indazol-5 yIoxy]-benzonitrile: A solution of 5-fluoro-2-(1 H-indazol-5-yloxy)-benzonitrile (0.100 g, 0.395 mmol) in DMF (4 mL) was treated with NaH (0.022 g, 60%, 056 mmol) and stirred for 5 minutes. 2,2-Dimethyloxirane (0.035 g, 0.48 5 mmol) was added and the solution was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The- reaction mixture was then heated to 80*C for 1.5-hours. The solution was' cooled to room temperature, diluted with ether (50 mL), washed with water (3 X 5 mL), brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ethyl acetate/ hexanes (1:1) to 10 afford 0.070 g of product (47% yield). Step B: 2-{1-[2-(tert-ButyI-dimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propy] 1 H-indazol-5-yloxy}-5-fluorobenzonitrile: To a cooled (0*C) solution of 5 Fluoro-2-[1-(2-hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-benzonitrile (0.070 '0.215 mmol) and 2,6-lutidine (0.030 g, 0.284 mmol) in 15 dichloromethane (2 mL) was added TBSOTf (0.063 g, 0.240 mmol). The reaction mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The mixture was diluted with ether (50 mL) and washed with 0.2N HCI, NaHCO 3 , and brine, dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed eluting with ether/hexanes (1:3) to afford 0.071 20 g of pale yellow oil (94% yield). Step C: 2-{1-[2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methylpropyl]-1H indazol-5-yLoxy}-5-fluorobenzylamine:- To a cooled (00C) solution of 2-{I- [2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl]-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy}-5 fluorobenzonitrile (0.071 g, 0.162 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added LAH. (0.32 25 mL of I M in THF). The solution was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was cooled to 0*C and quenched with water (12 pL), 3N NaOH (12 pL) and water (36 pL). The salts were removed by filtration and the filtrate was concentrated under reduced pressure and used In the next reaction without further purification. 30 Step D: (5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yi)-carbamic acid 2,2,2 trichlorpethyl ester: To a cooled (10*C) solution of 5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H pyrazol-3-ylamine (3.75 g, 24.5 mmol) and NaOH (1.5 g in 20 mL water) in 201 ethyl acetate (45 mL) was added 2,2,2-trichloroethyl chloroformate (7.52 g, 35.5 mmol) over 5 minutes. The reaction- mixture was warmed to room temperature and stirred for 2 hours. The mixture was diluted with ethyl acetate and the layers separated. The organic layer was washed with water, brine, 5 dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was diluted with ethyl acetate/dichloro-methane and treated with aminomethyl silica (10 g) for 1 hour. The mixture was filtered and the filtrated concentrated under reduced pressure to provide the product. Step E: 1-(2-{1-[2-(tert-Butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl] 10 1H-indazol-5-yloxy)-5-fluorobenzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3 yl)-urea: A mixture of 2-{1-[2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propyl] 1 H-indazol-5-yloxy}-5-fluorobenzylamine (0.072 g, 0.162 mmol), (5-tert-butyl 2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yl)-carbamic acid 2,2,2-trichloroethyl ester (0.080 g, 0.24 mmol) and DIEA (0.06 mL, 0.324 mmol) in DMA (3 mL) was heated to is 80 0 C for 16 hours. The rnixture was diluted with ether (60 mL) and washed with water (3 X 5 mL), brine, dried oyer MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on silica eluting with ethyl acetate/ hexanes (3:1) to afford 0.084 g of product (83% yield). Step F: 1-(5-tert-Butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-y)-3-{5-fluoro-2-[1-(2 20 hydroxy-2-methylpropyl)-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy]-benzyl}-urea:. To a solution of -(2qI -[2-(tert-butyldimethylsilanyloxy)-2-methyl-propy]-1 H-indazol-5-yloxy} 5-fluorobenzyl)-3-(5-tert-butyl-2-methyl-2H-pyrazol-3-yi)-urea (0.084 g, 0.135 mmol) in dichloromethane (3 mL) was added TBAF (0.70 mL of 1 M in THF). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 5 days. The reaction mixture 25 was poured into NH 4 Ci and extracted- with ethyl acetate (3 X 30 mL). The combined extracts were washed with brine,.dried over MgSO 4 , and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was chromatographed on -silica eluting with acetone/ hexanes (2:1) to afford 0.060 g of product (87% yield). MS (ESI +) m/z 509 (M+1) detected; 'H NMR (400 mHz, DMSO - D) 30 6 8.45 (s, 1H), 7.98 (s, IH), 7.74 (d, 1H), 7.17 (m, 3H), 7.08 (m, IH), 6.85 (m, 2H), 5.95 (s, IH), 4.66 (s, IH), 4.33 (d, 2H), 4.30 (s, 2H), 2.50 (s, 3H), 1..18. (s, 9H), 1.12 (s, 6H). 202 The foregoing description is considered as illustrative only of the principles of the invention. Further, since numerous modifications and changes will be readily apparent to those skilled in the art, it is not desired to limit the invention to the exact construction and process shown as described 5 above. Accordingly, all suitable modifications and equivalents may be. resorted to falling within the scope of the invention as defined by the claims that follow. The words "comprise," "comprising," "include," "including," and "includes" when used in this specification and in the following claims are 10 intended to specify the presence of stated features, integers, components, or steps, but they do not preclude the presence or addition of one or more other features, integers, components, steps, or groups thereof. 203

Claims

1. A compound including resolved enantiomers, diastereomers, solvates and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, said compound having the formula B x N\ X -Ari N E A wherein X is 0; A is H, OH, an amine protecting group, Z,-NR 2 R 3 , Zn-NR 2 (C=O)R 2 , Zn S0 2 R 2 , Z,-SOR 2 , Zn-SR 2 , Z,-OR 2 , Zn-(C=O)R 2 , Zn-(C=O)OR 2 , Zn-O-(C=O)R 2 , alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zo-heterocycloalkyl, or Zo-Ar 1 , wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z,-cycloalkyl, Z,-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Arq may be substituted or unsubstituted; R 2 and R 3 are independently H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Z,-heterocycloalkyl, or Zo-Ar' may be substituted or unsubstituted, or R 2 together with R 3 and N forms a saturated or partially unsaturated heterocycle ring having 1 or more heteroatoms in said ring, wherein said heterocycle may be substituted or unsubstituted and wherein said heterocycle may be fused to an aromatic ring; B is H or NH 2 ; 205 E is Z,-(C=O)R 4 ; R 4 is a substituted or unsubstituted natural amino acid, a protected natural amino acid, NH(CHR 6 ) (CH 2 )mOR 5 where m is an integer from 1 to 4, or NR 2 R 3 ; R 5 is H, OH, an amine protecting group, an alcohol protecting group, an acid protecting group, a sulfur protecting group, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn cycloalkyl, Zn-heterocycloalkyl, or Zn-Ar, wherein said alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zn-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, or Zo-Ar may be substituted or unsubstituted; R 6 is a natural amino acid side chain, Z,-NR 2 R 3 , Zn-OR , Zn S0 2 R 5 , Zn-SOR 5 , or Zn-SR 5 ; and n is 0 or 1; and wherein the substituents(s) of each group is/are selected among: halo, alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Zo-cycloalkyl, Zn heterocycloalkyl, Zn OR, Zn-NO 2 , Zn-CN, Zn-CO 2 R, Zn -(C=O)R, Zn -O(C=O)R, Zn-O-alkyl, Zn OAr, Zn-SH, Zn-SR, Zn-SOR, Z,-SO 2 R, Zn-S-Ar, Zn-SOAr, Z, -SO 2 Ar, aryl, heteroaryl, Zn-Ar, Zn-(C=O)NR 2 R 3 , Z,-NR 2 R 3 , Zo-NR(C=O)R, Zn SO 2 NR 2 R 3 , P0 3 H 2 , S0 3 H 2 , amine protecting groups, alcohol protecting groups, sulfur protecting groups, or acid protecting groups, where: Z is alkylene having from 1 to 4 carbons, or alkenylene or alkynylene each having from 2 to 4 carbons; n is zero or 1, 206 R, R 2 , and R 3 are alkyl, allyl, alkenyl, alkynyl, heteroalkyl, heteroallyl, heteroalkenyl, heteroalkynyl, alkoxy, heteroalkoxy, Z, cycloalkyl, or Z,-heterocycloalkyl, and Ar is aryl or heteroaryl.

2. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a compound of claim 1 in association with a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.

3. Use of a compound as defined in claim 1 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a p38-mediated condition.

4. Use as claimed in claim 3, wherein said p38-mediated condition is inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease or neurodegenerative disease.

5. Use of a compound as defined in any one of claims 3 to 4 in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a p38-mediated condition.

6. Use of a compound according to claim 1 for use in treating or preventing a p-38 mediated condition.

7. Use according to claim 6, wherein said p38-mediated condition is pain, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease or neurodegenerative disease.

8. A method for treatment of a p38-mediated condition in a mammal, the method comprising administering to a mammal in need of such treatment a pharmaceutically effective amount of a compound according to claim 1. 207

9. A method according to claim 8, wherein said p38-mediated condition is pain, inflammatory disease, autoimmune disease, destructive bone disorder, proliferative disorder, infectious disease, viral disease or neurodegenerative disease. ARRAY BIOPHARMA, INC WATERMARK PATENT AND TRADE MARK ATTORNEYS P26139AU00